https://www.baka-tsuki.org/project/api.php?action=feedcontributions&feedformat=atom&user=XcandescentBaka-Tsuki - User contributions [en]2026-05-02T11:06:38ZUser contributionsMediaWiki 1.43.1https://www.baka-tsuki.org/project/index.php?title=Clannad:Image_text_(Story)&diff=87410Clannad:Image text (Story)2011-03-24T03:41:54Z<p>Xcandescent: /* Text */ Minor fixes and notes.</p>
<hr />
<div>{{Clannad:Cleanup}}<br />
<br />
Return to the main page [[Clannad|here]].<br />
<br />
== Translation Notes ==<br />
This page contains lines encoded as images (.g00 files) rather than editable text. Graphics editing software will be needed to incorporate the translated text back into the game.<br />
<br />
20110101 -- Some of these have already been translated in their corresponding SEEN pages.<br />
20110207 -- All lines translated.<br />
<br />
<br />
== Text ==<br />
<div class="clannadbox"><br />
<pre><br />
// Image-based text, related to the story<br />
<br />
//---------------------------------------------------------------<br />
// SFWEC10.g00, SFWEC20.g00 -- SFWEC31.g00<br />
// <br />
// Labels<br />
//---------------------------------------------------------------<br />
Illusionary World<br />
// 幻想世界<br />
<br />
//---------------------------------------------------------------<br />
// FGMS32.g00 -- FGMS34.g00<br />
// SEEN0414, after 0066<br />
// Climbing the hill together with Nagisa for the first time<br />
//---------------------------------------------------------------<br />
<br />
We begin climbing...<br />
// 俺たちは登リ始める。<br />
<br />
The long,<br />
// 長い、<br />
<br />
The long, long uphill road.<br />
// 長い、長い坂道を。<br />
<br />
<br />
//---------------------------------------------------------------<br />
// FGMS42.g00, FGMS33.g00, FGMS34.g00<br />
// SEEN6801, after 2025<br />
// After talking to Nagisa at the bottom of the hill, after her death, before you have enough lights to save her<br />
//---------------------------------------------------------------<br />
We are climbing...<br />
// 俺たちは登っていく。<br />
<br />
The long,<br />
// Re-use the file from SEEN0414<br />
// 長い、<br />
<br />
The long, long uphill road.<br />
// Re-use the file from SEEN0414<br />
// 長い、長い坂道を。<br />
<br />
<br />
//---------------------------------------------------------------<br />
// KTC01_01.g00 -- KTC01_05.g00<br />
// SEEN4513<br />
// Kotomi: A suitcase's journey<br />
//---------------------------------------------------------------<br />
This suitcase has traveled around the world.<br />
// Alt: "That suitcase"?<br />
// その鞄は、世界中を旅してきた。<br />
<br />
Through desert towns, frozen isles...<br />
// 砂漠の町も、氷の島も...<br />
<br />
Rugged mountains, tropical lands...<br />
// lit: Rugged mountains too, green lands too...<br />
// 険しい山も、緑の大地も...<br />
<br />
Entrusted with great care,<br />
// lit: Many people's; from hand to hand<br />
// たくさんの人の手から手へ、<br />
<br />
From one hand to another...<br />
// XCN: I think it should be made explicit by saying "Passed from", because there's no mention of people anywhere else in the paragraph, and it feels a little off.<br />
// 大切に託されてまた...<br />
<br />
<br />
//---------------------------------------------------------------<br />
// KTC02_02.g00<br />
// SEEN4513<br />
// Kotomi: Part of the Ichinoses' multi-lingual note<br />
//---------------------------------------------------------------<br />
// Leave this untranslated<br />
//---------------------------------------------------------------<br />
この鞄を見つけたら、どうか娘に届けてください。<br />
// If you find this suitcase, please take it to our daughter.<br />
// XCN: In the anime, this is written in English, on the front of the envelope holding the letter. (Not correctly though; they spell it "Suitscase" ;) I guess that changed from the VN?<br />
<br />
<br />
//---------------------------------------------------------------<br />
// KTC03_01.g00 -- KTC03_04.g00, KTC04_01.g00 -- KTC04_04.g00<br />
// SEEN4513,<br />
// Kotomi: A letter from father to daughter<br />
//---------------------------------------------------------------<br />
// Should match 0395-0402<br />
//---------------------------------------------------------------<br />
To Kotomi<br />
// ことみへ<br />
<br />
The world is beautiful<br />
// 世界は美しい<br />
<br />
Even if it's filled with tears and sadness<br />
// 悲しみと涙に満ちてさえ<br />
<br />
Still, open your eyes<br />
// 瞳を開きなさい<br />
<br />
Do the things you want to try<br />
// やりたい事をしなさい<br />
<br />
Become the person you desire<br />
// なりたい者になりなさい<br />
<br />
Go and search for friends<br />
// 友達を見つけなさい<br />
<br />
Don't rush things, and grow up slowly<br />
// 焦らずにゆっくりと大人になりなさい<br />
<br />
<br />
//---------------------------------------------------------------<br />
// KTC05_01.g00 -- KTC05_06.g00, KTC06_01.g00<br />
// SEEN4513,<br />
// Kotomi: A letter from mother to daughter<br />
//---------------------------------------------------------------<br />
// Should match 0407-0411<br />
//---------------------------------------------------------------<br />
It's the teddy bear we found in a gift shop<br />
// おみやげもの屋さんで見つけたくまさんです<br />
<br />
We've searched and searched,<br />
// たくさんたくさん探したけど、<br />
<br />
But this was the biggest one we could find<br />
// この子がいちばん大きかったの<br />
<br />
We didn't have time,<br />
// 時間がなくて、<br />
<br />
So we couldn't send it via the airport<br />
// 空港からは送れなかったから<br />
<br />
Our lovely Kotomi<br />
// かわいいことみ<br />
<br />
Happy Birthday<br />
// おたんじょうびおめでとう<br />
<br />
<br />
//---------------------------------------------------------------<br />
// BG051O.g00<br />
// SEEN4800<br />
// Kotomi: Note on the violin for Kotomi (in handwriting)<br />
//---------------------------------------------------------------<br />
From everyone to Kotomi<br />
// みんなよりことみへ<br />
<br />
It sounds better than before<br />
// 前よりいい音<br />
<br />
<br />
//---------------------------------------------------------------<br />
// FGMS23.g00<br />
// SEEN1518, after 0122<br />
// Fuuko: Fuuko's last words before fading away<br />
//---------------------------------------------------------------<br />
Thank you so much.<br />
// ありがとうございました。<br />
<br />
<br />
//---------------------------------------------------------------<br />
// FGMS16.g00 -- FGMS22.g00 <br />
// SEEN7500, after 1408<br />
// Misae: Shima receiving his instructions<br />
//---------------------------------------------------------------<br />
"Now listen very, very closely."<br />
// 「いいかい、よく聞くんだよ」<br />
<br />
"This thing here is a charm."<br />
// Orig TL: "This here's a charm."<br />
// 「ここに、お守りがある」<br />
<br />
"There's a light that has been put inside it."<br />
// Orig TL: "Light's been put inside of it."<br />
// 「この中にはね、光が入ってる」<br />
<br />
"It's light that can grant a single wish."<br />
// 「ひとつだけ、願いことを叶えることできる、光なんだ」<br />
<br />
"You will take this and go to her."<br />
// Orig TL: "You'll be holding this from now on, going to that person."<br />
// 「おまえは今からこれを持って、あの人の元へいく」<br />
<br />
"And then, you will grant her wish."<br />
// Orig TL: "And then, granting that girl's wish."<br />
// 「そして、彼女の願いごとを叶える」<br />
<br />
"Do you understand?"<br />
// 「わっかたかい？」<br />
<br />
<br />
//---------------------------------------------------------------<br />
// FGMS01.g00 -- FGMS15.g00 <br />
// SEEN7500, after 2702<br />
// Misae: Shima reporting back to his old master<br />
//---------------------------------------------------------------<br />
Master, Master.<br />
// Orig TL: My master, my master.<br />
// ご主人様、ご主人様。<br />
<br />
My current master is not the same as you...<br />
// Orig TL: My master right now was a different person from the you on that day but...<br />
// 今のご主人様は、あの日のあなたとは違う人だけど…<br />
<br />
But she's a very kind person.<br />
// Orig TL: She was very kind.<br />
// とても優しい人です。<br />
<br />
But she makes me worry at times.<br />
// Orig TL: But, she felt uneasy once in a while.<br />
// けど、たまに不安になります。<br />
<br />
I wonder... if I was able to reach my goal.<br />
// Orig TL: I wonder if... I managed to reach my goal?<br />
// ぼくは…目的が果たせてのでしょうか。<br />
<br />
I feel like I've come here for a reason.<br />
// Orig TL: I feel like I've come here for some reason.<br />
// なにかのためにここに来た気がするのです。<br />
<br />
I think it was very important.<br />
// とても大事なことだったと思うんです。<br />
<br />
I wonder if I reached that.<br />
// Orig TL: I wonder if I reached that?<br />
// それは、果たせたのでしょうか。<br />
<br />
Now it's been too long, and I can't remember.<br />
// Orig TL: Even now, I can't really remember that far back.<br />
// 今はもう、遠すぎで思い出ません。<br />
<br />
I wonder if everything's ended now.<br />
// Orig TL: I wonder if everything's ended now?<br />
// もう、すべてはおわったのでしょうか。<br />
<br />
But right now, I want to remain like this.<br />
// Orig TL: Just that, I want to stay like this.<br />
// ただ、今はこうしていたいです。<br />
<br />
Will that be allowed, I wonder?<br />
// それはゆるされるでしょうか。<br />
<br />
Always feeling at ease.<br />
// ずっとこの安らぎの中にいても。<br />
<br />
Continuing to be with her forever.<br />
// Orig TL: Continuing to be beside that person.<br />
// この人のそばにいつづけても。<br />
<br />
<br />
//---------------------------------------------------------------<br />
// FGCD01.g00 -- FGCD07.g00<br />
// SEEN7100, 1514-1538<br />
// Yoshino: Suggestions for CD album titles<br />
//---------------------------------------------------------------<br />
// Keep in sync with the conversation in 1514-1538<br />
//---------------------------------------------------------------<br />
Love & Spanner<br />
// ラブ・ンアド・スパナ<br />
<br />
The Man that Spins the Spanner Around Love<br />
// 愛でスパナを回す男<br />
<br />
Beware!! The Man that Spins the Spanner Around Love<br />
// 恐怖!!愛でスパナを回す男<br />
<br />
Beware!! The Man that Spins the Spanner Around His Nose<br />
// 恐怖!!鼻でスパナを回す男<br />
<br />
Beware!! The Man that Spins His Nose Around the Spanner<br />
// 恐怖!!スパナで鼻を回す男<br />
<br />
Attention Housewives!! Beware - The Man that Spins His Nose Around the Spanner<br />
// 家政婦は見た!!恐怖・スパナで鼻を回す男<br />
<br />
<br />
//---------------------------------------------------------------<br />
// FGMS43.g00 -- FGMS49.g00 <br />
// SEEN6802, after 0000<br />
// Tomoya in depression<br />
//---------------------------------------------------------------<br />
I am living like an automaton... // *<br />
// Alt 1: I live mechanically. <br />
// Alt 2: My life goes on mechanically. --Polarem<br />
// だた、惰性のように生きていた。<br />
<br />
Getting up,<br />
// 起きて、<br />
<br />
Getting up, going to work,<br />
// 起きて、仕事にでかけて、<br />
<br />
Getting up, going to work, eating,<br />
// 起きて、仕事にでかけて、食べて、<br />
<br />
Getting up, going to work, eating, sleeping...<br />
// 起きて、仕事にでかけて、食べて、寝て...<br />
<br />
Simply doing what my body naturally remembers.<br />
// 体が覚えていることを、繰り返すだけ。<br />
<br />
That’s how I pass my days.<br />
// そんな日々に生きていた。<br />
<br />
<br />
//---------------------------------------------------------------<br />
// SPAPA00.g00, SPAPA10.g00<br />
// (SEEN9083.ke)<br />
// Death of the girl in the Illusionary World<br />
//---------------------------------------------------------------<br />
...Goodbye...<br />
// ...さようなら...<br />
<br />
...Papa...<br />
// ...パパっ...<br />
<br />
<br />
//---------------------------------------------------------------<br />
// SZZD00.g00, SZZD10.g00, SZZD20.g00<br />
// (SEEN9081.ke)<br />
// Saving Nagisa<br />
//---------------------------------------------------------------<br />
// Make consistent with SEEN6416 and SEEN6511<br />
//---------------------------------------------------------------<br />
"Let me take you..."<br />
// 「お連れしましょう...」<br />
<br />
"To the place in this town where wishes come true."<br />
// 「この町の、願いが叶う場所に」<br />
<br />
<br />
// The following 6 lines are found in the same image file, but displayed separately in the game.<br />
// The XML metadata file will have to be edited to account for the different lengths of the English text.<br />
"Yeah..."<br />
// 「ああ...」<br />
<br />
This long, long journey...<br />
// 今、終わる。<br />
<br />
Which we shared with the emotions of this town...<br />
// 町の思いに連れられて...<br />
<br />
Is over now.<br />
// その長い、長い旅が。<br />
<br />
Reach out with your hand...<br />
// 手を伸ばす。<br />
<br />
And join with... the countless lights.<br />
// と共に="together with"<br />
// Prev: Towards... the countless lights.<br />
// 無数の...光と共に。<br />
<br />
<br />
//---------------------------------------------------------------<br />
// FGMS35.g00 -- FGMS41.g00 <br />
// SEEN6803, after 0312<br />
// Epilogue: Fuuko finding the girl under the tree<br />
//---------------------------------------------------------------<br />
// This text is white, to be displayed on a black background<br />
//---------------------------------------------------------------<br />
"Are you there?"<br />
// 「いますか」<br />
<br />
"This is Fuuko."<br />
// 「風子です」<br />
<br />
"What is your name?"<br />
// 「あなたのお名前はなんていうんですか」<br />
<br />
"Please tell."<br />
// 「教えてください」<br />
<br />
"Become Fuuko's friend so we can play together."<br />
// 「風子とお友達になって、一緒に遊びましょう」<br />
<br />
As for something fun... // *<br />
// Alt: From now on... // Rearrange the final 2 lines? --Polarem<br />
// XCN: I'd use the alts, or rephrase.<br />
// 「楽しいことは...」<br />
<br />
... that will begin right now. // *<br />
// Alt: There will be lots of fun! // Whichever way, we need an exclamation mark to end the game with a bang --Polarem<br />
// 「...これから始まりますよ」<br />
</pre><br />
</div></div>Xcandescenthttps://www.baka-tsuki.org/project/index.php?title=Category:ClannadCleanup&diff=83387Category:ClannadCleanup2011-02-20T02:11:10Z<p>Xcandescent: /* Unresolved */</p>
<hr />
<div>You may return to the main page [[Clannad|here]].<br />
<br />
The following pages have been marked for cleanup. See [[Template:Clannad:Cleanup]] for more information.<br />
<br />
== Files To be TL Checked ==<br />
'''Translators, please pass over the list of files here and mark when it's done. Thanks.<br />
*[[Clannad:SEEN6801]]<br />
*[[Clannad:SEEN6802]]<br />
*[[Clannad:SEEN6803]]<br />
*[[Clannad:SEEN6728]]<br />
<br />
== Files to be reviewed ==<br />
Editors, please enter here any SEEN files that you feel you would like to change tense for, but have no idea if it will affect Japanese meaning. A Translator will look over your change and approve it if it is deemed acceptable. Format is the following (but do not begin a note with "I", for the Wiki will interpret it as an italics tag):<br />
<br />
<pre><br />
*[[Clannad:SEENxxxx]]<br />
**Line ####, <insert note here> --~~~~<br />
*[[Clannad:SEENxxxx]]<br />
**Line ####, <insert note here> --~~~~<br />
*[[Clannad:SEENxxxx]]<br />
**Line ####, <insert note here> --~~~~<br />
</pre><br />
<br />
*[[Clannad:SEEN2415]]<br />
**Line 0075, <Sounds weird; is the double negation needed?><br />
*[[Clannad:SEEN2417]]<br />
**Line 0062, <"The 'I' you said just now!" and then "That means that you have a shaver with you. Therefore..." Is he just being silly or how can he deduce that from the 'I'?><br />
*[[Clannad:SEEN2419]]<br />
**Line 0000, <Sunohara appeared after first period ended, so the tense should reflect this.> --[[User:A|A]] 17:42, 8 March 2008 (PST)<br />
*[[Clannad:SEEN2421]]<br />
**<del>Line 0000, <"As I walk" and "got my attention" need to be the same tense.> Solved. --[[User:Hiiragi Kagami|Hiiragi Kagami]] 09:23, 29 November 2008 (PST)</del><br />
**Line 0038, <This line should be the same tense as line 39.> --[[User:A|A]] 15:34, 8 March 2008 (PST)<br />
**Line 0069, <There's and was should be the same tense> --[[User:A|A]] 15:34, 8 March 2008 (PST)<br />
**Line 0105, <"They made a bitter smile" sounds weird - maybe "They smiled bitterly"? Also, who are they bidding farewell?> --[[User:A|A]] 15:34, 8 March 2008 (PST)<br />
**Line 0174, <showed, pretend, and doesn't should be the same tense> --[[User:A|A]] 15:34, 8 March 2008 (PST)<br />
**Line 0229, <called and we're should be the same tense> --[[User:A|A]] 15:34, 8 March 2008 (PST)<br />
**Line 0385, <tumbles and started should be the same tense> --[[User:A|A]] 15:34, 8 March 2008 (PST)<br />
**Line 0395, <arrive and rang should be the same tense> --[[User:A|A]] 15:34, 8 March 2008 (PST)<br />
*[[Clannad:SEEN2426]]<br />
**Line 0031, <Check that revision is correct> --[[User:A|A]] 23:09, 7 March 2008 (PST)<br />
**Line 0033, <Check that revision is correct> --[[User:A|A]] 23:09, 7 March 2008 (PST)<br />
*[[Clannad:SEEN3416]]<br />
**Line 0081, <talked should be the same tense as walk> --[[User:A|A]] 13:04, 8 March 2008 (PST)<br />
*[[Clannad:SEEN3424]]<br />
**Line 0010, <Although the sentence is grammatically correct, I recommend changing it to "She stares at me with her hands on her hips."> --[[User:A|A]] 23:04, 9 March 2008 (PDT)<br />
**Line 0191, <left and move should be the same tense> --[[User:A|A]] 23:04, 9 March 2008 (PDT)<br />
**Line 0401, <says and showed should be the same tense> --[[User:A|A]] 23:04, 9 March 2008 (PDT)<br />
*[[Clannad:SEEN4423]] === *Checked*<br />
**Line 0112, I can't quite put my finger on why, but this sentence needs to be reworded. --[[User:A|A]] 17:42, 8 March 2008 (PST)<br />
*[[Clannad:SEEN7400]]<br />
**Line 2960, seems questionable as original has -seru form but translation doesn't have its equivalent. I left my suggestion there in a comment. [[User:Karappo|Karappo]] 04:47, 22 February 2009 (UTC)<br />
*[[Clannad:SEEN6421]]<br />
**Line 0168, <First part of the sentence should happen before or at the same time as the second.> --[[User:A|A]] 17:19, 7 March 2008 (PST)<br />
**Line 0181, <Both verbs should be the same tense> --[[User:A|A]] 17:19, 7 March 2008 (PST)<br />
**Line 0423, <Both verbs should be the same tense> --[[User:A|A]] 17:19, 7 March 2008 (PST)<br />
*[[Clannad:SEEN6422]]<br />
**Line 0403, <Fuuko should use third person, right? This also applies to lines 405-408.> --[[User:A|A]] 17:19, 7 March 2008 (PST)<br />
**Line 0558, <Check that revision is still correct(See history for details)> --[[User:A|A]] 17:19, 7 March 2008 (PST)<br />
**Line 0763, <Have should be had so that it matches the tense of the rest of the clause> --[[User:A|A]] 17:19, 7 March 2008 (PST)<br />
**Line 0816, <Sentence should be one tense> --[[User:A|A]] 17:19, 7 March 2008 (PST)<br />
*[[Clannad:SEEN6423]]<br />
**Line 0325, <Both verbs should be the same tense> --[[User:A|A]] 17:19, 7 March 2008 (PST)<br />
*[[Clannad:SEEN6425]]<br />
**Line 0296, <Should this be "Just let him go"?> --[[User:A|A]] 17:19, 7 March 2008 (PST)<br />
*[[Clannad:SEEN6426]]<br />
**Line 0268, <Check that revision is correct(See history for details)> --[[User:A|A]] 17:19, 7 March 2008 (PST)<br />
**Line 0470, <"Stepped out" sounds awkward> --[[User:A|A]] 17:19, 7 March 2008 (PST)<br />
*[[Clannad:SEEN6427]]<br />
**Line 0086, <Needs clarification> --[[User:A|A]] 00:09, 11 March 2008 (PDT)<br />
**Line 0199, <Should this be "that big of an accomplishment"?> --[[User:A|A]] 00:09, 11 March 2008 (PDT)<br />
**Line 0400, <Needs clarification (What does 'a notes' mean?)> --[[User:A|A]] 00:09, 11 March 2008 (PDT)<br />
**Line 0434, <Needs clarification (What does 'please tuck in' mean?)> --[[User:A|A]] 00:09, 11 March 2008 (PDT)<br />
**Line 0462, <Needs clarification> --[[User:A|A]] 00:09, 11 March 2008 (PDT)<br />
**Line 0465, <pressed, reads, and packs should be the same tense> --[[User:A|A]] 00:09, 11 March 2008 (PDT)<br />
**Line 0499, <See line 400> --[[User:A|A]]<br />
**Line 0540, <See line 434> --[[User:A|A]] 00:09, 11 March 2008 (PDT)<br />
*[[Clannad:SEEN6726]]<br />
**Line 0116, <Check that revision is correct ("for that" seems redundant)> --[[User:A|A]] 19:18, 5 March 2008 (PST)<br />
*[[Clannad:SEEN6727]]<br />
**Line 0118, <what is plotters supposed to mean?> --[[User:A|A]] 19:18, 5 March 2008 (PST)<br />
*[[Clannad:SEEN6729]]<br />
**Line 0268, <Should this be "Furukawa Bakery's land mine"?> --[[User:A|A]] 19:18, 5 March 2008 (PST)<br />
*[[Clannad:SEEN1417]]<br />
**Line 0087, <Wording doesn't suggest scoring. If the wording is changed, 0088 will have to be changed to agree.> --[[User:OceanBlue|OceanBlue]] 20:58, 13 June 2008 (PDT)<br />
**Line 0115, <Wouldn't "seriously" fit better when it's modifying "hurt" instead of "get"?> --[[User:OceanBlue|OceanBlue]] 20:58, 13 June 2008 (PDT)<br />
**Line 0119, <It would be better if "do" is replaced with "make".> --[[User:OceanBlue|OceanBlue]] 20:58, 13 June 2008 (PDT)<br />
**Line 0121, <It would be better if "do" is replaced with "make".> --[[User:OceanBlue|OceanBlue]] 20:58, 13 June 2008 (PDT)<br />
**Line 0129, <Comma splice. See comment.> --[[User:OceanBlue|OceanBlue]] 20:58, 13 June 2008 (PDT)<br />
*[[Clannad:SEEN1418]]<br />
**Line 0005, <"Their hands" would be valid here since you don't know more than that. Or at least, it is relatively commonly used in this context even if some (only some) purists disagree with it.> [[Special:Contributions/202.134.236.14|202.134.236.14]] 11:24, 6 February 2009 (UTC)<br />
**Line 0034, <Is "grab a hold" a common saying? Suggesting removing "a hold of".> --[[User:OceanBlue|OceanBlue]] 20:58, 13 June 2008 (PDT)<br />
**Line 0058, <What does "Tonbi." mean?> --[[User:OceanBlue|OceanBlue]] 20:58, 13 June 2008 (PDT)<br />
**Line 0061, <What is "Hyo~ hyororo~"?> --[[User:OceanBlue|OceanBlue]] 20:58, 13 June 2008 (PDT)<br />
**Line 0094, <What does "hold it just in front of her" mean? Will it mean the same thing if "just" is taken out?> --[[User:OceanBlue|OceanBlue]] 20:58, 13 June 2008 (PDT)<br />
*[[Clannad:SEEN1421]]<br />
**Line 0004, <Comma splice. Recommending either splitting the sentence into two sentences or using a semicolon.> --[[User:OceanBlue|OceanBlue]] 17:24, 14 June 2008 (PDT)<br />
**Line 0047, <Wouldn't "turn a corner" be better than "turn to a corner"?> --[[User:OceanBlue|OceanBlue]] 17:24, 14 June 2008 (PDT)<br />
**Line 0057, <We need to change the past tense, since she's still remembering it. How about, "She's remembering" or "She remembers"?> --[[User:OceanBlue|OceanBlue]] 17:24, 14 June 2008 (PDT)<br />
**Line 0079, <"make with" would fit better than "do about"> --[[User:OceanBlue|OceanBlue]] 17:24, 14 June 2008 (PDT)<br />
**Line 0118, <The pronouns are confusing. The sentence needs to point out that he's talking about the starfish.> --[[User:OceanBlue|OceanBlue]] 17:24, 14 June 2008 (PDT)<br />
*[[Clannad:SEEN1422]]<br />
**Line 0016, <Fuuko's trying to do something or make something that people will be happy with?> --[[User:OceanBlue|OceanBlue]] 17:24, 14 June 2008 (PDT)<br />
**Line 0017, <If line 0016 is supposed to be "make", then this line should be changed to reflect that.> --[[User:OceanBlue|OceanBlue]] 17:24, 14 June 2008 (PDT)<br />
**Line 0051, <Would "it's got to be her" work better as "it has to be her"?> --[[User:OceanBlue|OceanBlue]] 17:24, 14 June 2008 (PDT)<br />
**Line 0058, <The current sentence says that he's stretching a wooden starfish. Needs revision/rephrasing.> --[[User:OceanBlue|OceanBlue]] 17:24, 14 June 2008 (PDT)<br />
**Line 0067, <Previous and this sentence start with "But". Can we get rid of this one?> --[[User:OceanBlue|OceanBlue]] 17:24, 14 June 2008 (PDT)<br />
*[[Clannad:SEEN1423]]<br />
**Line 0003, <What does "poking in the doorway" mean?> --[[User:OceanBlue|OceanBlue]] 17:24, 14 June 2008 (PDT)<br />
**Line 0020, <What does this line mean? Also, is this supposed to be redundant with 0021?> --[[User:OceanBlue|OceanBlue]] 17:24, 14 June 2008 (PDT)<br />
**Line 0032, <Why would he say, "This is amusing" and follow with, "Go away"?> --[[User:OceanBlue|OceanBlue]] 17:24, 14 June 2008 (PDT)<br />
**Line 0036, <Sentence has odd phrasing.> --[[User:OceanBlue|OceanBlue]] 17:24, 14 June 2008 (PDT)<br />
**Line 0039, <Since Fuuko uses "Strange Person" as a name, why don't we keep that in this sentence?> --[[User:OceanBlue|OceanBlue]] 17:24, 14 June 2008 (PDT)<br />
**Line 0065, <Need translator check, since alt and original are very different.> --[[User:OceanBlue|OceanBlue]] 17:24, 14 June 2008 (PDT)<br />
**Line 0066, <How does, "Don't you have something to say to Fuuko" lead to this? It doesn't make sense.> --[[User:OceanBlue|OceanBlue]] 17:24, 14 June 2008 (PDT)<br />
**Line 0073, <How does, "Don't you have something to say to Fuuko" lead to this? It doesn't make sense.> --[[User:OceanBlue|OceanBlue]] 17:24, 14 June 2008 (PDT)<br />
**Line 0074, <Where did "earlobes" come from?> --[[User:OceanBlue|OceanBlue]] 17:24, 14 June 2008 (PDT)<br />
**Line 0192, <Would it work if "that sort of person doesn't exist." was changed to "doesn't exist."? Also, recommending that "person" is changed to "people" to match the next line.> --[[User:OceanBlue|OceanBlue]] 17:24, 14 June 2008 (PDT)<br />
**Line 0253, <Sentence has odd phrasing> --[[User:OceanBlue|OceanBlue]] 17:24, 14 June 2008 (PDT)<br />
*[[Clannad:SEEN1426]]<br />
**Line 0029, <Maybe we should add a subject to this sentence.> --[[User:OceanBlue|OceanBlue]] 17:24, 14 June 2008 (PDT)<br />
***Fixed with "I wonder what sort of things would be good to talk about?" - [[User:Blatt|Blatt]] 17 June 2008<br />
**Line 0040, <How can the rustling of something be still? It isn't rustling then.> --[[User:OceanBlue|OceanBlue]] 17:24, 14 June 2008 (PDT)<br />
***Fixed with "The noises in the corridor ceased." - [[User:Blatt|Blatt]] 17 June 2008<br />
**Line 0132, <The end of the sentence seems to be missing something. Might need rephrasing.> --[[User:OceanBlue|OceanBlue]] 17:24, 14 June 2008 (PDT)<br />
***Fixed with "She began speaking as though it were difficult for her to say." (Wrong Tense) - [[User:Blatt|Blatt]] 17 June 2008<br />
**Line 0142, <"So are you quitting?" seems inappropriate for this situation.> --[[User:OceanBlue|OceanBlue]] 17:24, 14 June 2008 (PDT)<br />
*** Not sure what to say for this one... I'd would've said 'bailing' but Nagisa wouldn't say that :P - [[User:Blatt|Blatt]]<br />
**Line 0149, <Nagisa didn't skip a grade. She was held back.> --[[User:OceanBlue|OceanBlue]] 17:24, 14 June 2008 (PDT)<br />
*** Fixed with "Having had repeated a grade, she only thought of herself as a nuisance." - [[User:Blatt|Blatt]] 18 June 2008<br />
**Line 0188, <Needs to be present tense, but "knew" is messing me up.> --[[User:OceanBlue|OceanBlue]] 17:24, 14 June 2008 (PDT)<br />
*** Tense seems correct, leaving it. - [[User:Blatt|Blatt]] 18 June 2008<br />
**Line 0212, <Odd phrasing.> --[[User:OceanBlue|OceanBlue]] 17:24, 14 June 2008 (PDT)<br />
*** Replaced with “But, when I next get a chance to talk with you for a while..." - [[User:Blatt|Blatt]] 18 June 2008<br />
**Line 0243, <The way it's phrased implies that Furukawa calls Ibuki over, but Ibuki calls Furukawa over.> --[[User:OceanBlue|OceanBlue]] 17:24, 14 June 2008 (PDT)<br />
*** The line is grammatically correct, it has more of a neutral implication/no implication. It is worded a little awkwardly, but I can't offer a better alternative. - [[User:Blatt|Blatt]] 18 June 2008<br />
**Line 0249, <Why do I feel that "them" needs to be "it"?> --[[User:OceanBlue|OceanBlue]] 17:24, 14 June 2008 (PDT)<br />
*** I'm leaning towards 'it' as well, but I dunno really :P - [[User:Blatt|Blatt]] 18 June 2008<br />
**Line 0346, <She's still thinking that, so shouldn't it be, "I'm always..."?> --[[User:OceanBlue|OceanBlue]] 17:24, 14 June 2008 (PDT)<br />
*** Fixed with "I'm always thinking about that." - [[User:Blatt|Blatt]] 18 June 2008<br />
**Line 0369, < I don't understand what "for another time" means.> --[[User:OceanBlue|OceanBlue]] 17:24, 14 June 2008 (PDT)<br />
*** Basically they intend to return at another time. - [[User:Blatt|Blatt]] 18 June 2008<br />
**Line 0395, <Why does he wonder that if it's already been told to him?> --[[User:OceanBlue|OceanBlue]] 17:24, 14 June 2008 (PDT)<br />
*** Fixed with "I guess they never told anyone but the sleeping Fuuko..." - [[User:Blatt|Blatt]] 18 June 2008<br />
**Line 0467, <Is 'I' supposed to be 'I'd'? He didn't laugh in the past, but it's awkward in the present tense.> --[[User:OceanBlue|OceanBlue]] 17:24, 14 June 2008 (PDT)<br />
*** "Laugh" should be "answer/reply". Fixed with "So, that's how I replied." - [[User:Blatt|Blatt]] 18 June 2008<br />
**Line 0662, <Would it be better if "if" were replaced with "when"?> --[[User:OceanBlue|OceanBlue]] 17:24, 14 June 2008 (PDT)<br />
*** I think 'when' is better (a tad less accurate though?) Replaced with "Even if you get treated like that, you're still angry..." - [[User:Blatt|Blatt]] 18 June 2008<br />
**Line 0820, <He pokes her head, but Nagisa says "hit".> --[[User:OceanBlue|OceanBlue]] 17:24, 14 June 2008 (PDT)<br />
*** That's Nagisa mistaking Tomoya's little prod ;) - [[User:Blatt|Blatt]] 18 June 2008<br />
**Line 0834, <Don't understand this sentence. Fuuko wouldn't be lying if she says her last name is Ibuki.> --[[User:OceanBlue|OceanBlue]] 17:24, 14 June 2008 (PDT)<br />
*** Apparently "Ghost Fuuko"'s name is "Isogai Fuuko"? Really unsure on this one. - [[User:Blatt|Blatt]] 18 June 2008<br />
**Line 0873, <Odd phrasing.> --[[User:OceanBlue|OceanBlue]] 17:24, 14 June 2008 (PDT)<br />
*** I feel it needs revision, I have no better alternative though. - [[User:Blatt|Blatt]] 18 June 2008<br />
*[[Clannad:SEEN0414]]<br />
**<del>Line 0045, <The guidelines say that this is supposed to be in the present tense, yet DG1's comment says that the original Japanese line is in the past tense.> --[[User:OceanBlue|OceanBlue]] 12:54, 17 June 2008 (PDT)</del><br />
**<del>Line 0046, <The tense of this line depends on the tense of line 0045.> --[[User:OceanBlue|OceanBlue]] 12:54, 17 June 2008 (PDT)</del><br />
**<del>Line 0047, <The tense of this line depends on the tense of line 0045.> --[[User:OceanBlue|OceanBlue]] 12:54, 17 June 2008 (PDT)</del><br />
***<del>Line 0045 is definitely past tense, we should leave it. - [[User:Blatt|Blatt]] 18 June 2008</del><br />
**<del>Line 0076, <Does Tomoya say this during the lesson or after the lesson? If during, lines 0077 and 0078 should be in the present tense. If after, "has" should be "had".> --[[User:OceanBlue|OceanBlue]] 12:54, 17 June 2008 (PDT)</del><br />
***<del>I can definitely see where you're coming from, but the tenses in the lines now are correct, even if 0076 itself sounds a bit weird. - [[User:Blatt|Blatt]] 17 June 2008</del><br />
***'''''Changed tense in 0077 from "I spent my time" to "I spend my time", to match the guidelines (i.e. present tense for main narration, unless he's talking about the distant past -- not including the past few hours). The change in meaning is negligible, and we don't have the resources to translate at that level of accuracy.''''' --[[User:Polarem|Polarem]] 03:24, 11 February 2011 (UTC)<br />
**<del>Line 0097, <One part of the sentence is in the past tense and the other is in the present tense. Is he still reflecting or commenting on what should be done now?> --[[User:OceanBlue|OceanBlue]] 12:54, 17 June 2008 (PDT)</del><br />
***<del>Line 0097 fixed with "It would've been better if he had just completely ignored me." - [[User:Blatt|Blatt]] 18 June 2008</del><br />
**<del>Line 0127, <Can "that" be changed with "them"? The current line could either read as, "I can't afford headphones" or "I can't afford to listen to headphones." "them" would be more precise.> --[[User:OceanBlue|OceanBlue]] 12:54, 17 June 2008 (PDT)</del><br />
***<del>The line is saying he doesn't have stuff that valuable, I think the current line is a good fit between literal meaning and readability. - [[User:Blatt|Blatt]] 18 June 2008</del><br />
**<del>Line 0166, <Alts. suggest that Tomoya means "At the time of graduation," but the current line doesn't convey that.> --[[User:OceanBlue|OceanBlue]] 12:54, 17 June 2008 (PDT)</del><br />
***<del>The original Japanese line doesn't convey it, it only says "Well, only that time." - [[User:Blatt|Blatt]] 18 June 2008</del><br />
*[[Clannad:SEEN0415]]<br />
**Line 0071, <Hip-hop isn't a noun.> --[[User:OceanBlue|OceanBlue]] 14:23, 17 June 2008 (PDT)<br />
**Line 0099, <What's the past tense for "spit"? The sentence should be in past tense.> --[[User:OceanBlue|OceanBlue]] 14:23, 17 June 2008 (PDT)<br />
**Line 0124, <What is "There" referring to? I think it's referring to the "original", in which case "There isn't!" should be 'It wasn't!'> --[[User:OceanBlue|OceanBlue]] 14:23, 17 June 2008 (PDT)<br />
**Line 0156, <This is translated differently than 0303, even if they have the same Japanese text. Consistency problem.> --[[User:OceanBlue|OceanBlue]] 14:23, 17 June 2008 (PDT)<br />
**Line 0169, <"That's right" doesn't make sense in this context, does it?> --[[User:OceanBlue|OceanBlue]] 14:23, 17 June 2008 (PDT)<br />
**Line 0202, <Odd phrasing.> --[[User:OceanBlue|OceanBlue]] 14:23, 17 June 2008 (PDT)<br />
**Line 0219, <This is translated differently than 0366, even if they have the same Japanese text. Consistency problem.> --[[User:OceanBlue|OceanBlue]] 14:23, 17 June 2008 (PDT)<br />
**Line 0244, <This is translated differently than 0389, even if they have the same Japanese text. Consistency problem.> --[[User:OceanBlue|OceanBlue]] 14:23, 17 June 2008 (PDT)<br />
**Line 0267, <Shouldn't it be, "No, I wouldn't, I wouldn't... or something like that?> --[[User:OceanBlue|OceanBlue]] 14:23, 17 June 2008 (PDT)<br />
**Line 0301, <"then" disrupts the sentence. We need it to read like Dickens wrote it.> --[[User:OceanBlue|OceanBlue]] 14:23, 17 June 2008 (PDT)<br />
**Line 0303, <This is translated differently than 0156, even if they have the same Japanese text. Consistency problem.> --[[User:OceanBlue|OceanBlue]] 14:23, 17 June 2008 (PDT)<br />
**Line 0316, <See 0169.> --[[User:OceanBlue|OceanBlue]] 14:23, 17 June 2008 (PDT)<br />
**Line 0349, <See 0202.> --[[User:OceanBlue|OceanBlue]] 14:23, 17 June 2008 (PDT)<br />
**Line 0366, <This is translated differently than 0219, even if they have the same Japanese text. Consistency problem.> --[[User:OceanBlue|OceanBlue]] 14:23, 17 June 2008 (PDT)<br />
**Line 0389, <This is translated differently than 0244, even if they have the same Japanese text. Consistency problem.> --[[User:OceanBlue|OceanBlue]] 14:23, 17 June 2008 (PDT)<br />
**Line 0412, <See 0267.> --[[User:OceanBlue|OceanBlue]] 14:23, 17 June 2008 (PDT)<br />
**Line 0551, <This line doesn't make sense. It makes the most sense if it's what happens if Tomoya decides not to visit Nagisa, but then "when" should be "if", "approached" should be "approach", and "was" should be "would be" or "would seem".> --[[User:OceanBlue|OceanBlue]] 14:23, 17 June 2008 (PDT)<br />
**Line 0562, <Probably supposed to be one sentence, and what does it mean by, "worrying about your junior"?> --[[User:OceanBlue|OceanBlue]] 14:23, 17 June 2008 (PDT)<br />
**Line 0597, <Sentence doesn't agree with discussion. Discussion places it as recent but sentence says, "Just a while ago".> --[[User:OceanBlue|OceanBlue]] 14:23, 17 June 2008 (PDT)<br />
**Line 0864, <Uses present tense, but he isn't asking right now. Should be, "You'll ask", but I'm not completely sure.> --[[User:OceanBlue|OceanBlue]] 14:23, 17 June 2008 (PDT)<br />
*[[Clannad:SEEN0416]]<br />
**Line 0084, <Not sure if this should be past tense. He thought that when they first met in the past, right?> --[[User:OceanBlue|OceanBlue]] 16:49, 18 June 2008 (PDT)<br />
**Line 0151, <Tense? Also, does anyone agree that "topic" should be plural because of "all"?> --[[User:OceanBlue|OceanBlue]] 16:49, 18 June 2008 (PDT)<br />
**Line 0157, <Either take out "had" or change it to "has", depending on the context.> --[[User:OceanBlue|OceanBlue]] 16:49, 18 June 2008 (PDT)<br />
**Line 0167, <Either means, "If I leave out lunch, I'm in the dormitory the entire time." or "If I don't eat lunch, I'll be in the dormitory the entire time."> --[[User:OceanBlue|OceanBlue]] 16:49, 18 June 2008 (PDT)<br />
**Line 0203, <Odd phrasing.> --[[User:OceanBlue|OceanBlue]] 16:49, 18 June 2008 (PDT)<br />
**Line 0268, <Inconsistent with 0606.> --[[User:OceanBlue|OceanBlue]] 16:49, 18 June 2008 (PDT)<br />
**Line 0281, <Inconsistent with 0619.> --[[User:OceanBlue|OceanBlue]] 16:49, 18 June 2008 (PDT)<br />
**Line 0422, <"Beside" is odd.> --[[User:OceanBlue|OceanBlue]] 16:49, 18 June 2008 (PDT)<br />
**Line 0606, <Inconsistent with 0268.> --[[User:OceanBlue|OceanBlue]] 16:49, 18 June 2008 (PDT)<br />
**Line 0619, <Inconsistent with 0281.> --[[User:OceanBlue|OceanBlue]] 16:49, 18 June 2008 (PDT)<br />
**Line 0641, <Agree with Delwack.> --[[User:OceanBlue|OceanBlue]] 16:49, 18 June 2008 (PDT)<br />
**Line 0656, <Is this supposed to signify that afternoon classes and homeroom have ended?> --[[User:OceanBlue|OceanBlue]] 16:49, 18 June 2008 (PDT)<br />
**Line 0661, <Odd phrasing.> --[[User:OceanBlue|OceanBlue]] 16:49, 18 June 2008 (PDT)<br />
**Line 0696, <See 0656.> --[[User:OceanBlue|OceanBlue]] 16:49, 18 June 2008 (PDT)<br />
**Line 0728, <Doesn't agree with alts.> --[[User:OceanBlue|OceanBlue]] 16:49, 18 June 2008 (PDT)<br />
**Line 0729, <Japanese text uses a comma, not an ellipsis.> --[[User:OceanBlue|OceanBlue]] 16:49, 18 June 2008 (PDT)<br />
**Line 0731, <Japanese text uses an ellipsis, not a comma.> --[[User:OceanBlue|OceanBlue]] 16:49, 18 June 2008 (PDT)<br />
*[[Clannad:SEEN0417]]<br />
**Line 0142, <"Nobody" is singular, and "they" is plural.> --[[User:OceanBlue|OceanBlue]] 10:54, 23 June 2008 (PDT)<br />
**Line 0267, <Same as 0142.> --[[User:OceanBlue|OceanBlue]] 10:54, 23 June 2008 (PDT)<br />
**Line 0372, <Shouldn't "that" be "if"?> --[[User:OceanBlue|OceanBlue]] 10:54, 23 June 2008 (PDT)<br />
**Line 0534, <Odd phrasing.> --[[User:OceanBlue|OceanBlue]] 10:54, 23 June 2008 (PDT)<br />
**Line 0540, <"also leave"? With who?> --[[User:OceanBlue|OceanBlue]] 10:54, 23 June 2008 (PDT)<br />
**Line 0564, <"usual thing as always" is redundant.> --[[User:OceanBlue|OceanBlue]] 10:54, 23 June 2008 (PDT)<br />
**Line 0603, <"be" doesn't make sense.> --[[User:OceanBlue|OceanBlue]] 10:54, 23 June 2008 (PDT)<br />
**Line 0611, <"gets" seems unnecessary.> --[[User:OceanBlue|OceanBlue]] 10:54, 23 June 2008 (PDT)<br />
**Line 0650, <"myself as well" is redundant, because "myself" makes "as well" implied.> --[[User:OceanBlue|OceanBlue]] 10:54, 23 June 2008 (PDT)<br />
*[[Clannad:SEEN1427]]<br />
**Line 0055, <Translator asked for a TL check.> --[[User:OceanBlue|OceanBlue]] 09:24, 24 July 2008 (PDT)<br />
**Line 0070, <"can hear is that of Fuuko carving." is awkward.> --[[User:OceanBlue|OceanBlue]] 20:01, 30 June 2008 (PDT)<br />
***Changed to, <"In the middle of this, Fuuko's carving is the only noise I can hear."> Original: "In the middle of that, the only noise I can her is that of Fuuko carving." --[[User:OceanBlue|OceanBlue]] 09:24, 24 July 2008 (PDT)<br />
**Line 0085, <Awkward phrasing.> --[[User:OceanBlue|OceanBlue]] 20:01, 30 June 2008 (PDT)<br />
***Changed to, <It does seem they are improving. Their shapes aren't bad.>. Pluralized the second sentence to agree with the first.<br />
**Line 0086, <Tense inconsistency.> --[[User:OceanBlue|OceanBlue]] 20:01, 30 June 2008 (PDT)<br />
**Line 0106, <Question with word choice.> --[[User:OceanBlue|OceanBlue]] 20:01, 30 June 2008 (PDT)<br />
***Replaced 'be' with 'mean'. --[[User:OceanBlue|OceanBlue]] 09:24, 24 July 2008 (PDT)<br />
**Line 0143, <Asterisk'ed.> --[[User:OceanBlue|OceanBlue]] 20:01, 30 June 2008 (PDT)<br />
**Line 0167, <Same as 0143> --[[User:OceanBlue|OceanBlue]] 20:01, 30 June 2008 (PDT)<br />
**Line 0189, <Can we change or omit, "In return"? It makes the sentence seem redundant.> --[[User:OceanBlue|OceanBlue]] 20:01, 30 June 2008 (PDT)<br />
**Line 0212, < I prefer the alternate. It gives the, "I give up," impression.> --[[User:OceanBlue|OceanBlue]] 20:01, 30 June 2008 (PDT)<br />
**Line 0233, <Awkward phrasing.> --[[User:OceanBlue|OceanBlue]] 20:01, 30 June 2008 (PDT)<br />
**Line 0273, <Shouldn't this be in the present tense?> --[[User:OceanBlue|OceanBlue]] 20:01, 30 June 2008 (PDT)<br />
**Line 0274, <See 0273.> --[[User:OceanBlue|OceanBlue]] 20:01, 30 June 2008 (PDT)<br />
**Line 0281, <How can you quietly gaze at the floor and say something at the same time?> --[[User:OceanBlue|OceanBlue]] 20:01, 30 June 2008 (PDT)<br />
**Line 0297, <Popular?> --[[User:OceanBlue|OceanBlue]] 20:01, 30 June 2008 (PDT)<br />
**Line 0354, <Same as 0297.> --[[User:OceanBlue|OceanBlue]] 20:01, 30 June 2008 (PDT)<br />
**Line 0364, <Without who knowing it?> --[[User:OceanBlue|OceanBlue]] 20:01, 30 June 2008 (PDT)<br />
**Line 0397, <'Could' is the past tense of 'can'. Should 'could' be replaced with 'can'? It doesn't sound right, but....> --[[User:OceanBlue|OceanBlue]] 12:55, 17 July 2008 (PDT)<br />
**Line 0398, <Quiet conversation?> --[[User:OceanBlue|OceanBlue]] 20:01, 30 June 2008 (PDT)<br />
*[[Clannad:SEEN1428]]<br />
**Line 0023, <Phrased ambiguously.> --[[User:OceanBlue|OceanBlue]] 16:06, 9 July 2008 (PDT)<br />
**Line 0026, <Word choice.> --[[User:OceanBlue|OceanBlue]] 16:06, 9 July 2008 (PDT)<br />
**Line 0088, <Shouldn't we add some apostrophes in this sentence?> --[[User:OceanBlue|OceanBlue]] 16:06, 9 July 2008 (PDT)<br />
**Line 0140, <Might need to be rephrased.> --[[User:OceanBlue|OceanBlue]] 16:06, 9 July 2008 (PDT)<br />
**Line 0299, <Should the two 'it' be changed to them?> --[[User:OceanBlue|OceanBlue]] 16:06, 9 July 2008 (PDT)<br />
**Line 0311, <Might need rephrasing.> --[[User:OceanBlue|OceanBlue]] 16:06, 9 July 2008 (PDT)<br />
**Line 0344, <Word choice.> --[[User:OceanBlue|OceanBlue]] 16:06, 9 July 2008 (PDT)<br />
**Line 0848, <Can we switch around the clauses, so the reader has context before we describe the person?> --[[User:OceanBlue|OceanBlue]] 16:06, 9 July 2008 (PDT)<br />
**Line 0889, <It would make more sense if the clauses are switched around.> --[[User:OceanBlue|OceanBlue]] 16:06, 9 July 2008 (PDT)<br />
**Line 1093, <"Since a while" sounds odd.> --[[User:OceanBlue|OceanBlue]] 16:06, 9 July 2008 (PDT)<br />
*[[Clannad:SEEN1429]]<br />
**Line 0045, < I suggest the alternate, or something more English-friendly.> --[[User:OceanBlue|OceanBlue]] 17:32, 9 July 2008 (PDT)<br />
**Line 0109, <Doesn't suggest asking.> --[[User:OceanBlue|OceanBlue]] 17:32, 9 July 2008 (PDT)<br />
**Line 0120, < I suggest the alternate.> --[[User:OceanBlue|OceanBlue]] 17:32, 9 July 2008 (PDT)<br />
**Line 0138, <Translation check.> --[[User:OceanBlue|OceanBlue]] 17:32, 9 July 2008 (PDT)<br />
**Line 0295, < I suggest the alternate.> --[[User:OceanBlue|OceanBlue]] 17:32, 9 July 2008 (PDT)<br />
**Line 0336, < I suggest rephrasing, although this one might be more of my preference.> --[[User:OceanBlue|OceanBlue]] 17:32, 9 July 2008 (PDT)<br />
**Line 0348, <Same 0336.> --[[User:OceanBlue|OceanBlue]] 17:32, 9 July 2008 (PDT)<br />
*[[Clannad:SEEN1430]]<br />
**Line 0055, <Confusing phrasing.> --[[User:OceanBlue|OceanBlue]] 18:10, 9 July 2008 (PDT)<br />
**Line 0117, <Same 0055.> --[[User:OceanBlue|OceanBlue]] 18:10, 9 July 2008 (PDT)<br />
**Line 0358, < I suggest changing, "choice of person," to, "person of choice."> --[[User:OceanBlue|OceanBlue]] 18:10, 9 July 2008 (PDT)<br />
**Line 0488, < I suggest the alternate. The original is worded awkwardly.> --[[User:OceanBlue|OceanBlue]] 18:10, 9 July 2008 (PDT)<br />
**Line 0603, < I suggest moving the second clause in front.> --[[User:OceanBlue|OceanBlue]] 18:10, 9 July 2008 (PDT)<br />
*[[Clannad:SEEN1501]]<br />
**Line 0171, < I suggest moving the second clause in front.> --[[User:OceanBlue|OceanBlue]] 19:10, 9 July 2008 (PDT)<br />
**Line 0230, <The original and new wordings have different meanings.> --[[User:OceanBlue|OceanBlue]] 19:10, 9 July 2008 (PDT)<br />
**Line 0283, <The transition is shaky. Why is it, "That's the idea"?> --[[User:OceanBlue|OceanBlue]] 19:10, 9 July 2008 (PDT)<br />
**Line 0307, < I suggest the alternate. It makes more sense.> --[[User:OceanBlue|OceanBlue]] 19:10, 9 July 2008 (PDT)<br />
**Line 0318, <Alternate is completely different from original.> --[[User:OceanBlue|OceanBlue]] 19:10, 9 July 2008 (PDT)<br />
**Line 0321, <It might just be me, but this sentence is weird.> --[[User:OceanBlue|OceanBlue]] 19:10, 9 July 2008 (PDT)<br />
*[[Clannad:SEEN1502]]<br />
**Line 0079, <Original's meaning is different from alternate's.> --[[User:OceanBlue|OceanBlue]] 06:08, 10 July 2008 (PDT)<br />
**Line 0142, <Check comments.> --[[User:OceanBlue|OceanBlue]] 06:08, 10 July 2008 (PDT)<br />
**Line 0145, <"Break off from him"? Could be phrased better.> --[[User:OceanBlue|OceanBlue]] 06:08, 10 July 2008 (PDT)<br />
**Line 0148, <Same as 0145.> --[[User:OceanBlue|OceanBlue]] 06:08, 10 July 2008 (PDT)<br />
**Line 0164, <Check comments.> --[[User:OceanBlue|OceanBlue]] 06:08, 10 July 2008 (PDT)<br />
**Line 0167, <Same as 0145.> --[[User:OceanBlue|OceanBlue]] 06:08, 10 July 2008 (PDT)<br />
**Line 0170, <Same as 0145.> --[[User:OceanBlue|OceanBlue]] 06:08, 10 July 2008 (PDT)<br />
**Line 0274, <Compare original and alternate.> --[[User:OceanBlue|OceanBlue]] 06:08, 10 July 2008 (PDT)<br />
**Line 0278, <Would 'if' be more clear if it were replaced with 'as long as'?> --[[User:OceanBlue|OceanBlue]] 06:08, 10 July 2008 (PDT)<br />
*[[Clannad:SEEN1503]]<br />
**Line 0006, <'Round and round' is an uncommon expression. 'Around' is more common.> --[[User:OceanBlue|OceanBlue]] 12:45, 17 July 2008 (PDT)<br />
**Line 0018, <Is "aren't I good" slang? Rearranged, it makes, "I aren't good?" I can't think of a better replacement, though.> --[[User:OceanBlue|OceanBlue]] 12:45, 17 July 2008 (PDT)<br />
**Line 0022, <Alt. and original translations mean different things.> --[[User:OceanBlue|OceanBlue]] 12:45, 17 July 2008 (PDT)<br />
**Line 0070, <'Obvious' doesn't fit, because 'obvious' and 'new' aren't related.> --[[User:OceanBlue|OceanBlue]] 12:45, 17 July 2008 (PDT)<br />
**Line 0108, <Poorly worded. See comment.> --[[User:OceanBlue|OceanBlue]] 12:45, 17 July 2008 (PDT)<br />
**Line 0115, <'Should have been' or 'should be'?> --[[User:OceanBlue|OceanBlue]] 12:45, 17 July 2008 (PDT)<br />
**Line 0132, <'Around' is implied in this sentence and is unneeded.> --[[User:OceanBlue|OceanBlue]] 12:45, 17 July 2008 (PDT)<br />
**Line 0484, <Would 'treating' be a better replacement with 'how to treat'?> --[[User:OceanBlue|OceanBlue]] 12:45, 17 July 2008 (PDT)<br />
*[[Clannad:SEEN1504]]<br />
**Line 0072, <Can this be phrased better? The second part is unclear.> --[[User:OceanBlue|OceanBlue]] 19:48, 19 July 2008 (PDT)<br />
**Line 0075, <Can 'vacation' be taken out?> --[[User:OceanBlue|OceanBlue]] 19:48, 19 July 2008 (PDT)<br />
**Line 0092, <This is phrased awkwardly.> --[[User:OceanBlue|OceanBlue]] 19:48, 19 July 2008 (PDT)<br />
**Line 0108, <"How painful the days" is missing a verb.> --[[User:OceanBlue|OceanBlue]] 19:48, 19 July 2008 (PDT)<br />
*[[Clannad:SEEN1505]]<br />
**Line 0073, <'Advocating' doesn't seem right. [advocate: To speak, plead, or argue in favor of. See Synonyms at support. | thefreedictionary.com]> --[[User:OceanBlue|OceanBlue]] 20:02, 19 July 2008 (PDT)<br />
**Line 0094, <What's a 'demihuman'?> --[[User:OceanBlue|OceanBlue]] 20:02, 19 July 2008 (PDT)<br />
**Line 0098, <Either change 'be,' to 'be?' or replace with alternate.> --[[User:OceanBlue|OceanBlue]] 20:02, 19 July 2008 (PDT)<br />
*[[Clannad:SEEN1506]]<br />
**Line 0092, <Can this be rephrased so it doesn't have 'such that'?> --[[User:OceanBlue|OceanBlue]] 20:38, 19 July 2008 (PDT)<br />
**Line 0132, <Is this 'any more uneasy' or 'uneasy anymore'?> --[[User:OceanBlue|OceanBlue]] 20:38, 19 July 2008 (PDT)<br />
*[[Clannad:SEEN1507]]<br />
**Line 0018, <This line seems odd.> --[[User:OceanBlue|OceanBlue]] 16:58, 20 July 2008 (PDT)<br />
**Line 0109, <What's 'Peering out his eyes' mean?> --[[User:OceanBlue|OceanBlue]] 16:58, 20 July 2008 (PDT)<br />
**Line 0114, <'turned on'? Is this really the right phrase?> --[[User:OceanBlue|OceanBlue]] 16:58, 20 July 2008 (PDT)<br />
*[[Clannad:SEEN1511]]<br />
**Line 0101, <Would Tomoya say that, or would Fuuko say that?> --[[User:OceanBlue|OceanBlue]] 18:19, 20 July 2008 (PDT)<br />
**Line 0105, <This doesn't really make sense.> --[[User:OceanBlue|OceanBlue]] 18:19, 20 July 2008 (PDT)<br />
**Line 0183, <Are this and 0184 supposed to coordinate with 0101?> --[[User:OceanBlue|OceanBlue]] 18:19, 20 July 2008 (PDT)<br />
**Line 0218, <Is 'bad' correct? It's followed by 'late', so...> --[[User:OceanBlue|OceanBlue]] 18:19, 20 July 2008 (PDT)<br />
**Line 0276, <Cutting?> --[[User:OceanBlue|OceanBlue]] 18:19, 20 July 2008 (PDT)<br />
**Line 0362, <Sentence is odd.> --[[User:OceanBlue|OceanBlue]] 18:19, 20 July 2008 (PDT)<br />
**Line 0422, <Are the pronouns like this in the Japanese version? Too many "she"s.> --[[User:OceanBlue|OceanBlue]] 18:19, 20 July 2008 (PDT)<br />
**Line 0469, < I changed it to what I think it should have been, but check to make sure.> --[[User:OceanBlue|OceanBlue]] 18:19, 20 July 2008 (PDT)<br />
**Line 0585, <Is he saying, 'I had never thought of any of my teachers as beautiful.' or 'I didn't have any beautiful teachers.'?> --[[User:OceanBlue|OceanBlue]] 18:19, 20 July 2008 (PDT)<br />
**Line 0661, <What does the tip of her nose have to do with her breathing?> --[[User:OceanBlue|OceanBlue]] 18:19, 20 July 2008 (PDT)<br />
**Line 0676, <'Take care of her' followed by 'Not at all'.> --[[User:OceanBlue|OceanBlue]] 18:19, 20 July 2008 (PDT)<br />
**Line 0692, <Same as 0676.> --[[User:OceanBlue|OceanBlue]] 18:19, 20 July 2008 (PDT)<br />
**Line 0696, <Odd phrasing. I don't understand it enough to rephrase it.> --[[User:OceanBlue|OceanBlue]] 18:19, 20 July 2008 (PDT)<br />
*[[Clannad:SEEN1513]]<br />
**Line 0012, <Odd phrasing. I can't understand what it's saying, so I can't rephrase it.> --[[User:OceanBlue|OceanBlue]] 19:58, 20 July 2008 (PDT)<br />
*[[Clannad:SEEN1515]]<br />
**Line 0081, <The first clause is awkward.> --[[User:OceanBlue|OceanBlue]] 20:12, 21 July 2008 (PDT)<br />
**Line 0161, <This is phrased oddly. 'Crossed by'> --[[User:OceanBlue|OceanBlue]] 20:12, 21 July 2008 (PDT)<br />
*[[Clannad:SEEN1516]]<br />
**Line 0001, <The line seems like it's saying the wedding is that day.> --[[User:OceanBlue|OceanBlue]] 20:44, 21 July 2008 (PDT)<br />
**Line 0224, <'Gah' doesn't seem to fit.> --[[User:OceanBlue|OceanBlue]] 20:44, 21 July 2008 (PDT)<br />
*[[Clannad:SEEN4415]]<br />
**Line 0107, <He already knew he was skipping class, so wouldn't it be, "remember"?> --[[User:OceanBlue|OceanBlue]] 19:57, 28 July 2008 (PDT)<br />
*[[Clannad:SEEN4423]]<br />
**Line 0188, < I feel this is phrased awkwardly, but I don't understand it enough to rephrase it.> --[[User:OceanBlue|OceanBlue]] 18:57, 20 August 2008 (PDT)<br />
*[[Clannad:SEEN6801]]<br />
**Line 0438 and following conversation, Given how twisted Akio is, I'm guessing this should be the literal meaning, "to lick". [[User:Karappo|Karappo]] 09:59, 22 February 2009 (UTC)<br />
*[[Clannad:SEEN6802]]<br />
**Line 2137 was it "Do your best!" ?<br />
<br />
== Consistency questions ==<br />
This section deals with words and phrases that occurs across multiple SEENs, which ought to be kept consistent with one another. The first several listings are from [[Talk:Clannad]]<br />
<br />
=== Resolved ===<br />
*"Big Dango Family", "Dango Daikazoku", or "Big Dumpling Family"?<br />
**It should be "The Big Dango Family" if it's about the title and not a description of a one huge family. Reason is, all dango are dumplings but not all dumplings are dango. Dango are a kind of dumpling much like sharks are a kind of fish. Leaving it as it is should be fine. -DGreater1<br />
<br />
*The piglet is sometimes referred to as "Botan" and sometimes as "Button"... which is the better choice?<br />
**It should be "Botan"<br />
<br />
=== Unresolved ===<br />
*For Fuuko, are we going with "wood carving" or "wooden carving"?<br />
<br />
*Are we using '?!' or '!?' ? A lot of the SEEN files I've gone through use '?!', so I'm assuming that's what we should use.<br />
**On an English level, the interrobang (?!)comes in both forms. It works as a tone modifier when making an explicative sentence. If it's more of a question, the question mark comes first. If it's more of a shout, the exclamation leads. Though, the writers of the ''Chicago Manual of Style'' would kill me for stating this. [[User:M|M]] 14:41, 13 June 2008 (PDT)<br />
<br />
*What about Fuuko? Are we changing her name to Fuko for consistency? The opening movie uses that instead of Fuuko (in English text, even), and it's not like we can edit the video.<br />
**This occurs in the titles of the anime as well, and the offical subs use "Fuko". That said, I have no personal preference. -XCN-<br />
***We should probably do a mass Find+Replace for "Fuuko"-->"Fuko", as this translation project is the only place where "Fuuko" is used. --[[User:Polarem|Polarem]] 11:16, 18 February 2011 (UTC)<br />
<br />
*"Okay" or "Ok"?<br />
<br />
*"Dad"/"dad", "Mom"/"Mum/"mom"/"mum"?<br />
<br />
*Tomoya's nickname for Akio: "Gramps"/"gramps"/"Pops"/"pops"?<br />
<br />
*Akio, after he's caught dissing Sanae's bread. In Japanese, the words are all the same; only the amount of dragging is different (SVN version below. One of them is different in the Wiki)<br />
::SEEN6419<br />
:::<0306> \{Akio} "I FREAKIN' LOVE THIS STUFF------!!!"<br />
::SEEN6420<br />
:::<0093> \{Akio} "I REALLY LOVE THEM--!"<br />
:::<0101> \{Voice} "But I really love them...!"<br />
::SEEN6503<br />
:::<0014> \{Akio} "I FREAKIN LOVE THEM-----!!"<br />
::SEEN6729<br />
:::<0277> \{Akio} "I FREAKIN LOVE THEM----!!"<br />
:::<0345> \{Akio} "I FREAKIN LOVE THEM--!!"<br />
::SEEN6800<br />
:::<0103> \{Akio} "I love it----!"<br />
<br />
*For Ryou: "fortune-telling" (62 occurrences), "fortune telling" (134 occurrences) or "fortunetelling" (2 occurences)?<br />
<br />
*"Chorus Club" or "Choir Club"?<br />
** It's either "Chorus Club" or plain "Choir", since it's just a new and small club, the former sounds more appropriate. Some prestigious school choirs operate independently from the Student Council or whoever runs the extra-curricular clubs, making them insanely powerful. Those can be called "School Choir". Er, yeah, I was using my own high school as an example. And no, I was not a member. - Kinny Riddle, SEEN4428<br />
** The official TL from anime is "Choir Club". It sounds better than "Chorus Club" (even though both are technically correct).<br />
<br />
*"University" or "College"?<br />
<br />
*There are several instances of Tomoya rigging a game such that Sunohara is bound to end up the loser; those should be unified.<br />
<br />
*Punctuation for flashbacks: It seems like the established convention for recalling a previous dialog is by prepending the line with double hyphens. However, some flashback lines are formatted without any way to differentiate them from the surrounding lines.<br />
**It also looks like the Japanese flashbacks are quoted using 『...』, as opposed to the regular 「...」. That makes searching a bit easier.</div>Xcandescenthttps://www.baka-tsuki.org/project/index.php?title=Category:ClannadCleanup&diff=82885Category:ClannadCleanup2011-02-15T01:54:32Z<p>Xcandescent: /* Unresolved */</p>
<hr />
<div>You may return to the main page [[Clannad|here]].<br />
<br />
The following pages have been marked for cleanup. See [[Template:Clannad:Cleanup]] for more information.<br />
<br />
== Files To be TL Checked ==<br />
'''Translators, please pass over the list of files here and mark when it's done. Thanks.<br />
*[[Clannad:SEEN6801]]<br />
*[[Clannad:SEEN6802]]<br />
*[[Clannad:SEEN6803]]<br />
*[[Clannad:SEEN6728]]<br />
<br />
== Files to be reviewed ==<br />
Editors, please enter here any SEEN files that you feel you would like to change tense for, but have no idea if it will affect Japanese meaning. A Translator will look over your change and approve it if it is deemed acceptable. Format is the following (but do not begin a note with "I", for the Wiki will interpret it as an italics tag):<br />
<br />
<pre><br />
*[[Clannad:SEENxxxx]]<br />
**Line ####, <insert note here> --~~~~<br />
*[[Clannad:SEENxxxx]]<br />
**Line ####, <insert note here> --~~~~<br />
*[[Clannad:SEENxxxx]]<br />
**Line ####, <insert note here> --~~~~<br />
</pre><br />
<br />
*[[Clannad:SEEN2415]]<br />
**Line 0075, <Sounds weird; is the double negation needed?><br />
*[[Clannad:SEEN2417]]<br />
**Line 0062, <"The 'I' you said just now!" and then "That means that you have a shaver with you. Therefore..." Is he just being silly or how can he deduce that from the 'I'?><br />
*[[Clannad:SEEN2419]]<br />
**Line 0000, <Sunohara appeared after first period ended, so the tense should reflect this.> --[[User:A|A]] 17:42, 8 March 2008 (PST)<br />
*[[Clannad:SEEN2421]]<br />
**<del>Line 0000, <"As I walk" and "got my attention" need to be the same tense.> Solved. --[[User:Hiiragi Kagami|Hiiragi Kagami]] 09:23, 29 November 2008 (PST)</del><br />
**Line 0038, <This line should be the same tense as line 39.> --[[User:A|A]] 15:34, 8 March 2008 (PST)<br />
**Line 0069, <There's and was should be the same tense> --[[User:A|A]] 15:34, 8 March 2008 (PST)<br />
**Line 0105, <"They made a bitter smile" sounds weird - maybe "They smiled bitterly"? Also, who are they bidding farewell?> --[[User:A|A]] 15:34, 8 March 2008 (PST)<br />
**Line 0174, <showed, pretend, and doesn't should be the same tense> --[[User:A|A]] 15:34, 8 March 2008 (PST)<br />
**Line 0229, <called and we're should be the same tense> --[[User:A|A]] 15:34, 8 March 2008 (PST)<br />
**Line 0385, <tumbles and started should be the same tense> --[[User:A|A]] 15:34, 8 March 2008 (PST)<br />
**Line 0395, <arrive and rang should be the same tense> --[[User:A|A]] 15:34, 8 March 2008 (PST)<br />
*[[Clannad:SEEN2426]]<br />
**Line 0031, <Check that revision is correct> --[[User:A|A]] 23:09, 7 March 2008 (PST)<br />
**Line 0033, <Check that revision is correct> --[[User:A|A]] 23:09, 7 March 2008 (PST)<br />
*[[Clannad:SEEN3416]]<br />
**Line 0081, <talked should be the same tense as walk> --[[User:A|A]] 13:04, 8 March 2008 (PST)<br />
*[[Clannad:SEEN3424]]<br />
**Line 0010, <Although the sentence is grammatically correct, I recommend changing it to "She stares at me with her hands on her hips."> --[[User:A|A]] 23:04, 9 March 2008 (PDT)<br />
**Line 0191, <left and move should be the same tense> --[[User:A|A]] 23:04, 9 March 2008 (PDT)<br />
**Line 0401, <says and showed should be the same tense> --[[User:A|A]] 23:04, 9 March 2008 (PDT)<br />
*[[Clannad:SEEN4423]] === *Checked*<br />
**Line 0112, I can't quite put my finger on why, but this sentence needs to be reworded. --[[User:A|A]] 17:42, 8 March 2008 (PST)<br />
*[[Clannad:SEEN7400]]<br />
**Line 2960, seems questionable as original has -seru form but translation doesn't have its equivalent. I left my suggestion there in a comment. [[User:Karappo|Karappo]] 04:47, 22 February 2009 (UTC)<br />
*[[Clannad:SEEN6421]]<br />
**Line 0168, <First part of the sentence should happen before or at the same time as the second.> --[[User:A|A]] 17:19, 7 March 2008 (PST)<br />
**Line 0181, <Both verbs should be the same tense> --[[User:A|A]] 17:19, 7 March 2008 (PST)<br />
**Line 0423, <Both verbs should be the same tense> --[[User:A|A]] 17:19, 7 March 2008 (PST)<br />
*[[Clannad:SEEN6422]]<br />
**Line 0403, <Fuuko should use third person, right? This also applies to lines 405-408.> --[[User:A|A]] 17:19, 7 March 2008 (PST)<br />
**Line 0558, <Check that revision is still correct(See history for details)> --[[User:A|A]] 17:19, 7 March 2008 (PST)<br />
**Line 0763, <Have should be had so that it matches the tense of the rest of the clause> --[[User:A|A]] 17:19, 7 March 2008 (PST)<br />
**Line 0816, <Sentence should be one tense> --[[User:A|A]] 17:19, 7 March 2008 (PST)<br />
*[[Clannad:SEEN6423]]<br />
**Line 0325, <Both verbs should be the same tense> --[[User:A|A]] 17:19, 7 March 2008 (PST)<br />
*[[Clannad:SEEN6425]]<br />
**Line 0296, <Should this be "Just let him go"?> --[[User:A|A]] 17:19, 7 March 2008 (PST)<br />
*[[Clannad:SEEN6426]]<br />
**Line 0268, <Check that revision is correct(See history for details)> --[[User:A|A]] 17:19, 7 March 2008 (PST)<br />
**Line 0470, <"Stepped out" sounds awkward> --[[User:A|A]] 17:19, 7 March 2008 (PST)<br />
*[[Clannad:SEEN6427]]<br />
**Line 0086, <Needs clarification> --[[User:A|A]] 00:09, 11 March 2008 (PDT)<br />
**Line 0199, <Should this be "that big of an accomplishment"?> --[[User:A|A]] 00:09, 11 March 2008 (PDT)<br />
**Line 0400, <Needs clarification (What does 'a notes' mean?)> --[[User:A|A]] 00:09, 11 March 2008 (PDT)<br />
**Line 0434, <Needs clarification (What does 'please tuck in' mean?)> --[[User:A|A]] 00:09, 11 March 2008 (PDT)<br />
**Line 0462, <Needs clarification> --[[User:A|A]] 00:09, 11 March 2008 (PDT)<br />
**Line 0465, <pressed, reads, and packs should be the same tense> --[[User:A|A]] 00:09, 11 March 2008 (PDT)<br />
**Line 0499, <See line 400> --[[User:A|A]]<br />
**Line 0540, <See line 434> --[[User:A|A]] 00:09, 11 March 2008 (PDT)<br />
*[[Clannad:SEEN6726]]<br />
**Line 0116, <Check that revision is correct ("for that" seems redundant)> --[[User:A|A]] 19:18, 5 March 2008 (PST)<br />
*[[Clannad:SEEN6727]]<br />
**Line 0118, <what is plotters supposed to mean?> --[[User:A|A]] 19:18, 5 March 2008 (PST)<br />
*[[Clannad:SEEN6729]]<br />
**Line 0268, <Should this be "Furukawa Bakery's land mine"?> --[[User:A|A]] 19:18, 5 March 2008 (PST)<br />
*[[Clannad:SEEN1417]]<br />
**Line 0087, <Wording doesn't suggest scoring. If the wording is changed, 0088 will have to be changed to agree.> --[[User:OceanBlue|OceanBlue]] 20:58, 13 June 2008 (PDT)<br />
**Line 0115, <Wouldn't "seriously" fit better when it's modifying "hurt" instead of "get"?> --[[User:OceanBlue|OceanBlue]] 20:58, 13 June 2008 (PDT)<br />
**Line 0119, <It would be better if "do" is replaced with "make".> --[[User:OceanBlue|OceanBlue]] 20:58, 13 June 2008 (PDT)<br />
**Line 0121, <It would be better if "do" is replaced with "make".> --[[User:OceanBlue|OceanBlue]] 20:58, 13 June 2008 (PDT)<br />
**Line 0129, <Comma splice. See comment.> --[[User:OceanBlue|OceanBlue]] 20:58, 13 June 2008 (PDT)<br />
*[[Clannad:SEEN1418]]<br />
**Line 0005, <"Their hands" would be valid here since you don't know more than that. Or at least, it is relatively commonly used in this context even if some (only some) purists disagree with it.> [[Special:Contributions/202.134.236.14|202.134.236.14]] 11:24, 6 February 2009 (UTC)<br />
**Line 0034, <Is "grab a hold" a common saying? Suggesting removing "a hold of".> --[[User:OceanBlue|OceanBlue]] 20:58, 13 June 2008 (PDT)<br />
**Line 0058, <What does "Tonbi." mean?> --[[User:OceanBlue|OceanBlue]] 20:58, 13 June 2008 (PDT)<br />
**Line 0061, <What is "Hyo~ hyororo~"?> --[[User:OceanBlue|OceanBlue]] 20:58, 13 June 2008 (PDT)<br />
**Line 0094, <What does "hold it just in front of her" mean? Will it mean the same thing if "just" is taken out?> --[[User:OceanBlue|OceanBlue]] 20:58, 13 June 2008 (PDT)<br />
*[[Clannad:SEEN1421]]<br />
**Line 0004, <Comma splice. Recommending either splitting the sentence into two sentences or using a semicolon.> --[[User:OceanBlue|OceanBlue]] 17:24, 14 June 2008 (PDT)<br />
**Line 0047, <Wouldn't "turn a corner" be better than "turn to a corner"?> --[[User:OceanBlue|OceanBlue]] 17:24, 14 June 2008 (PDT)<br />
**Line 0057, <We need to change the past tense, since she's still remembering it. How about, "She's remembering" or "She remembers"?> --[[User:OceanBlue|OceanBlue]] 17:24, 14 June 2008 (PDT)<br />
**Line 0079, <"make with" would fit better than "do about"> --[[User:OceanBlue|OceanBlue]] 17:24, 14 June 2008 (PDT)<br />
**Line 0118, <The pronouns are confusing. The sentence needs to point out that he's talking about the starfish.> --[[User:OceanBlue|OceanBlue]] 17:24, 14 June 2008 (PDT)<br />
*[[Clannad:SEEN1422]]<br />
**Line 0016, <Fuuko's trying to do something or make something that people will be happy with?> --[[User:OceanBlue|OceanBlue]] 17:24, 14 June 2008 (PDT)<br />
**Line 0017, <If line 0016 is supposed to be "make", then this line should be changed to reflect that.> --[[User:OceanBlue|OceanBlue]] 17:24, 14 June 2008 (PDT)<br />
**Line 0051, <Would "it's got to be her" work better as "it has to be her"?> --[[User:OceanBlue|OceanBlue]] 17:24, 14 June 2008 (PDT)<br />
**Line 0058, <The current sentence says that he's stretching a wooden starfish. Needs revision/rephrasing.> --[[User:OceanBlue|OceanBlue]] 17:24, 14 June 2008 (PDT)<br />
**Line 0067, <Previous and this sentence start with "But". Can we get rid of this one?> --[[User:OceanBlue|OceanBlue]] 17:24, 14 June 2008 (PDT)<br />
*[[Clannad:SEEN1423]]<br />
**Line 0003, <What does "poking in the doorway" mean?> --[[User:OceanBlue|OceanBlue]] 17:24, 14 June 2008 (PDT)<br />
**Line 0020, <What does this line mean? Also, is this supposed to be redundant with 0021?> --[[User:OceanBlue|OceanBlue]] 17:24, 14 June 2008 (PDT)<br />
**Line 0032, <Why would he say, "This is amusing" and follow with, "Go away"?> --[[User:OceanBlue|OceanBlue]] 17:24, 14 June 2008 (PDT)<br />
**Line 0036, <Sentence has odd phrasing.> --[[User:OceanBlue|OceanBlue]] 17:24, 14 June 2008 (PDT)<br />
**Line 0039, <Since Fuuko uses "Strange Person" as a name, why don't we keep that in this sentence?> --[[User:OceanBlue|OceanBlue]] 17:24, 14 June 2008 (PDT)<br />
**Line 0065, <Need translator check, since alt and original are very different.> --[[User:OceanBlue|OceanBlue]] 17:24, 14 June 2008 (PDT)<br />
**Line 0066, <How does, "Don't you have something to say to Fuuko" lead to this? It doesn't make sense.> --[[User:OceanBlue|OceanBlue]] 17:24, 14 June 2008 (PDT)<br />
**Line 0073, <How does, "Don't you have something to say to Fuuko" lead to this? It doesn't make sense.> --[[User:OceanBlue|OceanBlue]] 17:24, 14 June 2008 (PDT)<br />
**Line 0074, <Where did "earlobes" come from?> --[[User:OceanBlue|OceanBlue]] 17:24, 14 June 2008 (PDT)<br />
**Line 0192, <Would it work if "that sort of person doesn't exist." was changed to "doesn't exist."? Also, recommending that "person" is changed to "people" to match the next line.> --[[User:OceanBlue|OceanBlue]] 17:24, 14 June 2008 (PDT)<br />
**Line 0253, <Sentence has odd phrasing> --[[User:OceanBlue|OceanBlue]] 17:24, 14 June 2008 (PDT)<br />
*[[Clannad:SEEN1426]]<br />
**Line 0029, <Maybe we should add a subject to this sentence.> --[[User:OceanBlue|OceanBlue]] 17:24, 14 June 2008 (PDT)<br />
***Fixed with "I wonder what sort of things would be good to talk about?" - [[User:Blatt|Blatt]] 17 June 2008<br />
**Line 0040, <How can the rustling of something be still? It isn't rustling then.> --[[User:OceanBlue|OceanBlue]] 17:24, 14 June 2008 (PDT)<br />
***Fixed with "The noises in the corridor ceased." - [[User:Blatt|Blatt]] 17 June 2008<br />
**Line 0132, <The end of the sentence seems to be missing something. Might need rephrasing.> --[[User:OceanBlue|OceanBlue]] 17:24, 14 June 2008 (PDT)<br />
***Fixed with "She began speaking as though it were difficult for her to say." (Wrong Tense) - [[User:Blatt|Blatt]] 17 June 2008<br />
**Line 0142, <"So are you quitting?" seems inappropriate for this situation.> --[[User:OceanBlue|OceanBlue]] 17:24, 14 June 2008 (PDT)<br />
*** Not sure what to say for this one... I'd would've said 'bailing' but Nagisa wouldn't say that :P - [[User:Blatt|Blatt]]<br />
**Line 0149, <Nagisa didn't skip a grade. She was held back.> --[[User:OceanBlue|OceanBlue]] 17:24, 14 June 2008 (PDT)<br />
*** Fixed with "Having had repeated a grade, she only thought of herself as a nuisance." - [[User:Blatt|Blatt]] 18 June 2008<br />
**Line 0188, <Needs to be present tense, but "knew" is messing me up.> --[[User:OceanBlue|OceanBlue]] 17:24, 14 June 2008 (PDT)<br />
*** Tense seems correct, leaving it. - [[User:Blatt|Blatt]] 18 June 2008<br />
**Line 0212, <Odd phrasing.> --[[User:OceanBlue|OceanBlue]] 17:24, 14 June 2008 (PDT)<br />
*** Replaced with “But, when I next get a chance to talk with you for a while..." - [[User:Blatt|Blatt]] 18 June 2008<br />
**Line 0243, <The way it's phrased implies that Furukawa calls Ibuki over, but Ibuki calls Furukawa over.> --[[User:OceanBlue|OceanBlue]] 17:24, 14 June 2008 (PDT)<br />
*** The line is grammatically correct, it has more of a neutral implication/no implication. It is worded a little awkwardly, but I can't offer a better alternative. - [[User:Blatt|Blatt]] 18 June 2008<br />
**Line 0249, <Why do I feel that "them" needs to be "it"?> --[[User:OceanBlue|OceanBlue]] 17:24, 14 June 2008 (PDT)<br />
*** I'm leaning towards 'it' as well, but I dunno really :P - [[User:Blatt|Blatt]] 18 June 2008<br />
**Line 0346, <She's still thinking that, so shouldn't it be, "I'm always..."?> --[[User:OceanBlue|OceanBlue]] 17:24, 14 June 2008 (PDT)<br />
*** Fixed with "I'm always thinking about that." - [[User:Blatt|Blatt]] 18 June 2008<br />
**Line 0369, < I don't understand what "for another time" means.> --[[User:OceanBlue|OceanBlue]] 17:24, 14 June 2008 (PDT)<br />
*** Basically they intend to return at another time. - [[User:Blatt|Blatt]] 18 June 2008<br />
**Line 0395, <Why does he wonder that if it's already been told to him?> --[[User:OceanBlue|OceanBlue]] 17:24, 14 June 2008 (PDT)<br />
*** Fixed with "I guess they never told anyone but the sleeping Fuuko..." - [[User:Blatt|Blatt]] 18 June 2008<br />
**Line 0467, <Is 'I' supposed to be 'I'd'? He didn't laugh in the past, but it's awkward in the present tense.> --[[User:OceanBlue|OceanBlue]] 17:24, 14 June 2008 (PDT)<br />
*** "Laugh" should be "answer/reply". Fixed with "So, that's how I replied." - [[User:Blatt|Blatt]] 18 June 2008<br />
**Line 0662, <Would it be better if "if" were replaced with "when"?> --[[User:OceanBlue|OceanBlue]] 17:24, 14 June 2008 (PDT)<br />
*** I think 'when' is better (a tad less accurate though?) Replaced with "Even if you get treated like that, you're still angry..." - [[User:Blatt|Blatt]] 18 June 2008<br />
**Line 0820, <He pokes her head, but Nagisa says "hit".> --[[User:OceanBlue|OceanBlue]] 17:24, 14 June 2008 (PDT)<br />
*** That's Nagisa mistaking Tomoya's little prod ;) - [[User:Blatt|Blatt]] 18 June 2008<br />
**Line 0834, <Don't understand this sentence. Fuuko wouldn't be lying if she says her last name is Ibuki.> --[[User:OceanBlue|OceanBlue]] 17:24, 14 June 2008 (PDT)<br />
*** Apparently "Ghost Fuuko"'s name is "Isogai Fuuko"? Really unsure on this one. - [[User:Blatt|Blatt]] 18 June 2008<br />
**Line 0873, <Odd phrasing.> --[[User:OceanBlue|OceanBlue]] 17:24, 14 June 2008 (PDT)<br />
*** I feel it needs revision, I have no better alternative though. - [[User:Blatt|Blatt]] 18 June 2008<br />
*[[Clannad:SEEN0414]]<br />
**<del>Line 0045, <The guidelines say that this is supposed to be in the present tense, yet DG1's comment says that the original Japanese line is in the past tense.> --[[User:OceanBlue|OceanBlue]] 12:54, 17 June 2008 (PDT)</del><br />
**<del>Line 0046, <The tense of this line depends on the tense of line 0045.> --[[User:OceanBlue|OceanBlue]] 12:54, 17 June 2008 (PDT)</del><br />
**<del>Line 0047, <The tense of this line depends on the tense of line 0045.> --[[User:OceanBlue|OceanBlue]] 12:54, 17 June 2008 (PDT)</del><br />
***<del>Line 0045 is definitely past tense, we should leave it. - [[User:Blatt|Blatt]] 18 June 2008</del><br />
**<del>Line 0076, <Does Tomoya say this during the lesson or after the lesson? If during, lines 0077 and 0078 should be in the present tense. If after, "has" should be "had".> --[[User:OceanBlue|OceanBlue]] 12:54, 17 June 2008 (PDT)</del><br />
***<del>I can definitely see where you're coming from, but the tenses in the lines now are correct, even if 0076 itself sounds a bit weird. - [[User:Blatt|Blatt]] 17 June 2008</del><br />
***'''''Changed tense in 0077 from "I spent my time" to "I spend my time", to match the guidelines (i.e. present tense for main narration, unless he's talking about the distant past -- not including the past few hours). The change in meaning is negligible, and we don't have the resources to translate at that level of accuracy.''''' --[[User:Polarem|Polarem]] 03:24, 11 February 2011 (UTC)<br />
**<del>Line 0097, <One part of the sentence is in the past tense and the other is in the present tense. Is he still reflecting or commenting on what should be done now?> --[[User:OceanBlue|OceanBlue]] 12:54, 17 June 2008 (PDT)</del><br />
***<del>Line 0097 fixed with "It would've been better if he had just completely ignored me." - [[User:Blatt|Blatt]] 18 June 2008</del><br />
**<del>Line 0127, <Can "that" be changed with "them"? The current line could either read as, "I can't afford headphones" or "I can't afford to listen to headphones." "them" would be more precise.> --[[User:OceanBlue|OceanBlue]] 12:54, 17 June 2008 (PDT)</del><br />
***<del>The line is saying he doesn't have stuff that valuable, I think the current line is a good fit between literal meaning and readability. - [[User:Blatt|Blatt]] 18 June 2008</del><br />
**<del>Line 0166, <Alts. suggest that Tomoya means "At the time of graduation," but the current line doesn't convey that.> --[[User:OceanBlue|OceanBlue]] 12:54, 17 June 2008 (PDT)</del><br />
***<del>The original Japanese line doesn't convey it, it only says "Well, only that time." - [[User:Blatt|Blatt]] 18 June 2008</del><br />
*[[Clannad:SEEN0415]]<br />
**Line 0071, <Hip-hop isn't a noun.> --[[User:OceanBlue|OceanBlue]] 14:23, 17 June 2008 (PDT)<br />
**Line 0099, <What's the past tense for "spit"? The sentence should be in past tense.> --[[User:OceanBlue|OceanBlue]] 14:23, 17 June 2008 (PDT)<br />
**Line 0124, <What is "There" referring to? I think it's referring to the "original", in which case "There isn't!" should be 'It wasn't!'> --[[User:OceanBlue|OceanBlue]] 14:23, 17 June 2008 (PDT)<br />
**Line 0156, <This is translated differently than 0303, even if they have the same Japanese text. Consistency problem.> --[[User:OceanBlue|OceanBlue]] 14:23, 17 June 2008 (PDT)<br />
**Line 0169, <"That's right" doesn't make sense in this context, does it?> --[[User:OceanBlue|OceanBlue]] 14:23, 17 June 2008 (PDT)<br />
**Line 0202, <Odd phrasing.> --[[User:OceanBlue|OceanBlue]] 14:23, 17 June 2008 (PDT)<br />
**Line 0219, <This is translated differently than 0366, even if they have the same Japanese text. Consistency problem.> --[[User:OceanBlue|OceanBlue]] 14:23, 17 June 2008 (PDT)<br />
**Line 0244, <This is translated differently than 0389, even if they have the same Japanese text. Consistency problem.> --[[User:OceanBlue|OceanBlue]] 14:23, 17 June 2008 (PDT)<br />
**Line 0267, <Shouldn't it be, "No, I wouldn't, I wouldn't... or something like that?> --[[User:OceanBlue|OceanBlue]] 14:23, 17 June 2008 (PDT)<br />
**Line 0301, <"then" disrupts the sentence. We need it to read like Dickens wrote it.> --[[User:OceanBlue|OceanBlue]] 14:23, 17 June 2008 (PDT)<br />
**Line 0303, <This is translated differently than 0156, even if they have the same Japanese text. Consistency problem.> --[[User:OceanBlue|OceanBlue]] 14:23, 17 June 2008 (PDT)<br />
**Line 0316, <See 0169.> --[[User:OceanBlue|OceanBlue]] 14:23, 17 June 2008 (PDT)<br />
**Line 0349, <See 0202.> --[[User:OceanBlue|OceanBlue]] 14:23, 17 June 2008 (PDT)<br />
**Line 0366, <This is translated differently than 0219, even if they have the same Japanese text. Consistency problem.> --[[User:OceanBlue|OceanBlue]] 14:23, 17 June 2008 (PDT)<br />
**Line 0389, <This is translated differently than 0244, even if they have the same Japanese text. Consistency problem.> --[[User:OceanBlue|OceanBlue]] 14:23, 17 June 2008 (PDT)<br />
**Line 0412, <See 0267.> --[[User:OceanBlue|OceanBlue]] 14:23, 17 June 2008 (PDT)<br />
**Line 0551, <This line doesn't make sense. It makes the most sense if it's what happens if Tomoya decides not to visit Nagisa, but then "when" should be "if", "approached" should be "approach", and "was" should be "would be" or "would seem".> --[[User:OceanBlue|OceanBlue]] 14:23, 17 June 2008 (PDT)<br />
**Line 0562, <Probably supposed to be one sentence, and what does it mean by, "worrying about your junior"?> --[[User:OceanBlue|OceanBlue]] 14:23, 17 June 2008 (PDT)<br />
**Line 0597, <Sentence doesn't agree with discussion. Discussion places it as recent but sentence says, "Just a while ago".> --[[User:OceanBlue|OceanBlue]] 14:23, 17 June 2008 (PDT)<br />
**Line 0864, <Uses present tense, but he isn't asking right now. Should be, "You'll ask", but I'm not completely sure.> --[[User:OceanBlue|OceanBlue]] 14:23, 17 June 2008 (PDT)<br />
*[[Clannad:SEEN0416]]<br />
**Line 0084, <Not sure if this should be past tense. He thought that when they first met in the past, right?> --[[User:OceanBlue|OceanBlue]] 16:49, 18 June 2008 (PDT)<br />
**Line 0151, <Tense? Also, does anyone agree that "topic" should be plural because of "all"?> --[[User:OceanBlue|OceanBlue]] 16:49, 18 June 2008 (PDT)<br />
**Line 0157, <Either take out "had" or change it to "has", depending on the context.> --[[User:OceanBlue|OceanBlue]] 16:49, 18 June 2008 (PDT)<br />
**Line 0167, <Either means, "If I leave out lunch, I'm in the dormitory the entire time." or "If I don't eat lunch, I'll be in the dormitory the entire time."> --[[User:OceanBlue|OceanBlue]] 16:49, 18 June 2008 (PDT)<br />
**Line 0203, <Odd phrasing.> --[[User:OceanBlue|OceanBlue]] 16:49, 18 June 2008 (PDT)<br />
**Line 0268, <Inconsistent with 0606.> --[[User:OceanBlue|OceanBlue]] 16:49, 18 June 2008 (PDT)<br />
**Line 0281, <Inconsistent with 0619.> --[[User:OceanBlue|OceanBlue]] 16:49, 18 June 2008 (PDT)<br />
**Line 0422, <"Beside" is odd.> --[[User:OceanBlue|OceanBlue]] 16:49, 18 June 2008 (PDT)<br />
**Line 0606, <Inconsistent with 0268.> --[[User:OceanBlue|OceanBlue]] 16:49, 18 June 2008 (PDT)<br />
**Line 0619, <Inconsistent with 0281.> --[[User:OceanBlue|OceanBlue]] 16:49, 18 June 2008 (PDT)<br />
**Line 0641, <Agree with Delwack.> --[[User:OceanBlue|OceanBlue]] 16:49, 18 June 2008 (PDT)<br />
**Line 0656, <Is this supposed to signify that afternoon classes and homeroom have ended?> --[[User:OceanBlue|OceanBlue]] 16:49, 18 June 2008 (PDT)<br />
**Line 0661, <Odd phrasing.> --[[User:OceanBlue|OceanBlue]] 16:49, 18 June 2008 (PDT)<br />
**Line 0696, <See 0656.> --[[User:OceanBlue|OceanBlue]] 16:49, 18 June 2008 (PDT)<br />
**Line 0728, <Doesn't agree with alts.> --[[User:OceanBlue|OceanBlue]] 16:49, 18 June 2008 (PDT)<br />
**Line 0729, <Japanese text uses a comma, not an ellipsis.> --[[User:OceanBlue|OceanBlue]] 16:49, 18 June 2008 (PDT)<br />
**Line 0731, <Japanese text uses an ellipsis, not a comma.> --[[User:OceanBlue|OceanBlue]] 16:49, 18 June 2008 (PDT)<br />
*[[Clannad:SEEN0417]]<br />
**Line 0142, <"Nobody" is singular, and "they" is plural.> --[[User:OceanBlue|OceanBlue]] 10:54, 23 June 2008 (PDT)<br />
**Line 0267, <Same as 0142.> --[[User:OceanBlue|OceanBlue]] 10:54, 23 June 2008 (PDT)<br />
**Line 0372, <Shouldn't "that" be "if"?> --[[User:OceanBlue|OceanBlue]] 10:54, 23 June 2008 (PDT)<br />
**Line 0534, <Odd phrasing.> --[[User:OceanBlue|OceanBlue]] 10:54, 23 June 2008 (PDT)<br />
**Line 0540, <"also leave"? With who?> --[[User:OceanBlue|OceanBlue]] 10:54, 23 June 2008 (PDT)<br />
**Line 0564, <"usual thing as always" is redundant.> --[[User:OceanBlue|OceanBlue]] 10:54, 23 June 2008 (PDT)<br />
**Line 0603, <"be" doesn't make sense.> --[[User:OceanBlue|OceanBlue]] 10:54, 23 June 2008 (PDT)<br />
**Line 0611, <"gets" seems unnecessary.> --[[User:OceanBlue|OceanBlue]] 10:54, 23 June 2008 (PDT)<br />
**Line 0650, <"myself as well" is redundant, because "myself" makes "as well" implied.> --[[User:OceanBlue|OceanBlue]] 10:54, 23 June 2008 (PDT)<br />
*[[Clannad:SEEN1427]]<br />
**Line 0055, <Translator asked for a TL check.> --[[User:OceanBlue|OceanBlue]] 09:24, 24 July 2008 (PDT)<br />
**Line 0070, <"can hear is that of Fuuko carving." is awkward.> --[[User:OceanBlue|OceanBlue]] 20:01, 30 June 2008 (PDT)<br />
***Changed to, <"In the middle of this, Fuuko's carving is the only noise I can hear."> Original: "In the middle of that, the only noise I can her is that of Fuuko carving." --[[User:OceanBlue|OceanBlue]] 09:24, 24 July 2008 (PDT)<br />
**Line 0085, <Awkward phrasing.> --[[User:OceanBlue|OceanBlue]] 20:01, 30 June 2008 (PDT)<br />
***Changed to, <It does seem they are improving. Their shapes aren't bad.>. Pluralized the second sentence to agree with the first.<br />
**Line 0086, <Tense inconsistency.> --[[User:OceanBlue|OceanBlue]] 20:01, 30 June 2008 (PDT)<br />
**Line 0106, <Question with word choice.> --[[User:OceanBlue|OceanBlue]] 20:01, 30 June 2008 (PDT)<br />
***Replaced 'be' with 'mean'. --[[User:OceanBlue|OceanBlue]] 09:24, 24 July 2008 (PDT)<br />
**Line 0143, <Asterisk'ed.> --[[User:OceanBlue|OceanBlue]] 20:01, 30 June 2008 (PDT)<br />
**Line 0167, <Same as 0143> --[[User:OceanBlue|OceanBlue]] 20:01, 30 June 2008 (PDT)<br />
**Line 0189, <Can we change or omit, "In return"? It makes the sentence seem redundant.> --[[User:OceanBlue|OceanBlue]] 20:01, 30 June 2008 (PDT)<br />
**Line 0212, < I prefer the alternate. It gives the, "I give up," impression.> --[[User:OceanBlue|OceanBlue]] 20:01, 30 June 2008 (PDT)<br />
**Line 0233, <Awkward phrasing.> --[[User:OceanBlue|OceanBlue]] 20:01, 30 June 2008 (PDT)<br />
**Line 0273, <Shouldn't this be in the present tense?> --[[User:OceanBlue|OceanBlue]] 20:01, 30 June 2008 (PDT)<br />
**Line 0274, <See 0273.> --[[User:OceanBlue|OceanBlue]] 20:01, 30 June 2008 (PDT)<br />
**Line 0281, <How can you quietly gaze at the floor and say something at the same time?> --[[User:OceanBlue|OceanBlue]] 20:01, 30 June 2008 (PDT)<br />
**Line 0297, <Popular?> --[[User:OceanBlue|OceanBlue]] 20:01, 30 June 2008 (PDT)<br />
**Line 0354, <Same as 0297.> --[[User:OceanBlue|OceanBlue]] 20:01, 30 June 2008 (PDT)<br />
**Line 0364, <Without who knowing it?> --[[User:OceanBlue|OceanBlue]] 20:01, 30 June 2008 (PDT)<br />
**Line 0397, <'Could' is the past tense of 'can'. Should 'could' be replaced with 'can'? It doesn't sound right, but....> --[[User:OceanBlue|OceanBlue]] 12:55, 17 July 2008 (PDT)<br />
**Line 0398, <Quiet conversation?> --[[User:OceanBlue|OceanBlue]] 20:01, 30 June 2008 (PDT)<br />
*[[Clannad:SEEN1428]]<br />
**Line 0023, <Phrased ambiguously.> --[[User:OceanBlue|OceanBlue]] 16:06, 9 July 2008 (PDT)<br />
**Line 0026, <Word choice.> --[[User:OceanBlue|OceanBlue]] 16:06, 9 July 2008 (PDT)<br />
**Line 0088, <Shouldn't we add some apostrophes in this sentence?> --[[User:OceanBlue|OceanBlue]] 16:06, 9 July 2008 (PDT)<br />
**Line 0140, <Might need to be rephrased.> --[[User:OceanBlue|OceanBlue]] 16:06, 9 July 2008 (PDT)<br />
**Line 0299, <Should the two 'it' be changed to them?> --[[User:OceanBlue|OceanBlue]] 16:06, 9 July 2008 (PDT)<br />
**Line 0311, <Might need rephrasing.> --[[User:OceanBlue|OceanBlue]] 16:06, 9 July 2008 (PDT)<br />
**Line 0344, <Word choice.> --[[User:OceanBlue|OceanBlue]] 16:06, 9 July 2008 (PDT)<br />
**Line 0848, <Can we switch around the clauses, so the reader has context before we describe the person?> --[[User:OceanBlue|OceanBlue]] 16:06, 9 July 2008 (PDT)<br />
**Line 0889, <It would make more sense if the clauses are switched around.> --[[User:OceanBlue|OceanBlue]] 16:06, 9 July 2008 (PDT)<br />
**Line 1093, <"Since a while" sounds odd.> --[[User:OceanBlue|OceanBlue]] 16:06, 9 July 2008 (PDT)<br />
*[[Clannad:SEEN1429]]<br />
**Line 0045, < I suggest the alternate, or something more English-friendly.> --[[User:OceanBlue|OceanBlue]] 17:32, 9 July 2008 (PDT)<br />
**Line 0109, <Doesn't suggest asking.> --[[User:OceanBlue|OceanBlue]] 17:32, 9 July 2008 (PDT)<br />
**Line 0120, < I suggest the alternate.> --[[User:OceanBlue|OceanBlue]] 17:32, 9 July 2008 (PDT)<br />
**Line 0138, <Translation check.> --[[User:OceanBlue|OceanBlue]] 17:32, 9 July 2008 (PDT)<br />
**Line 0295, < I suggest the alternate.> --[[User:OceanBlue|OceanBlue]] 17:32, 9 July 2008 (PDT)<br />
**Line 0336, < I suggest rephrasing, although this one might be more of my preference.> --[[User:OceanBlue|OceanBlue]] 17:32, 9 July 2008 (PDT)<br />
**Line 0348, <Same 0336.> --[[User:OceanBlue|OceanBlue]] 17:32, 9 July 2008 (PDT)<br />
*[[Clannad:SEEN1430]]<br />
**Line 0055, <Confusing phrasing.> --[[User:OceanBlue|OceanBlue]] 18:10, 9 July 2008 (PDT)<br />
**Line 0117, <Same 0055.> --[[User:OceanBlue|OceanBlue]] 18:10, 9 July 2008 (PDT)<br />
**Line 0358, < I suggest changing, "choice of person," to, "person of choice."> --[[User:OceanBlue|OceanBlue]] 18:10, 9 July 2008 (PDT)<br />
**Line 0488, < I suggest the alternate. The original is worded awkwardly.> --[[User:OceanBlue|OceanBlue]] 18:10, 9 July 2008 (PDT)<br />
**Line 0603, < I suggest moving the second clause in front.> --[[User:OceanBlue|OceanBlue]] 18:10, 9 July 2008 (PDT)<br />
*[[Clannad:SEEN1501]]<br />
**Line 0171, < I suggest moving the second clause in front.> --[[User:OceanBlue|OceanBlue]] 19:10, 9 July 2008 (PDT)<br />
**Line 0230, <The original and new wordings have different meanings.> --[[User:OceanBlue|OceanBlue]] 19:10, 9 July 2008 (PDT)<br />
**Line 0283, <The transition is shaky. Why is it, "That's the idea"?> --[[User:OceanBlue|OceanBlue]] 19:10, 9 July 2008 (PDT)<br />
**Line 0307, < I suggest the alternate. It makes more sense.> --[[User:OceanBlue|OceanBlue]] 19:10, 9 July 2008 (PDT)<br />
**Line 0318, <Alternate is completely different from original.> --[[User:OceanBlue|OceanBlue]] 19:10, 9 July 2008 (PDT)<br />
**Line 0321, <It might just be me, but this sentence is weird.> --[[User:OceanBlue|OceanBlue]] 19:10, 9 July 2008 (PDT)<br />
*[[Clannad:SEEN1502]]<br />
**Line 0079, <Original's meaning is different from alternate's.> --[[User:OceanBlue|OceanBlue]] 06:08, 10 July 2008 (PDT)<br />
**Line 0142, <Check comments.> --[[User:OceanBlue|OceanBlue]] 06:08, 10 July 2008 (PDT)<br />
**Line 0145, <"Break off from him"? Could be phrased better.> --[[User:OceanBlue|OceanBlue]] 06:08, 10 July 2008 (PDT)<br />
**Line 0148, <Same as 0145.> --[[User:OceanBlue|OceanBlue]] 06:08, 10 July 2008 (PDT)<br />
**Line 0164, <Check comments.> --[[User:OceanBlue|OceanBlue]] 06:08, 10 July 2008 (PDT)<br />
**Line 0167, <Same as 0145.> --[[User:OceanBlue|OceanBlue]] 06:08, 10 July 2008 (PDT)<br />
**Line 0170, <Same as 0145.> --[[User:OceanBlue|OceanBlue]] 06:08, 10 July 2008 (PDT)<br />
**Line 0274, <Compare original and alternate.> --[[User:OceanBlue|OceanBlue]] 06:08, 10 July 2008 (PDT)<br />
**Line 0278, <Would 'if' be more clear if it were replaced with 'as long as'?> --[[User:OceanBlue|OceanBlue]] 06:08, 10 July 2008 (PDT)<br />
*[[Clannad:SEEN1503]]<br />
**Line 0006, <'Round and round' is an uncommon expression. 'Around' is more common.> --[[User:OceanBlue|OceanBlue]] 12:45, 17 July 2008 (PDT)<br />
**Line 0018, <Is "aren't I good" slang? Rearranged, it makes, "I aren't good?" I can't think of a better replacement, though.> --[[User:OceanBlue|OceanBlue]] 12:45, 17 July 2008 (PDT)<br />
**Line 0022, <Alt. and original translations mean different things.> --[[User:OceanBlue|OceanBlue]] 12:45, 17 July 2008 (PDT)<br />
**Line 0070, <'Obvious' doesn't fit, because 'obvious' and 'new' aren't related.> --[[User:OceanBlue|OceanBlue]] 12:45, 17 July 2008 (PDT)<br />
**Line 0108, <Poorly worded. See comment.> --[[User:OceanBlue|OceanBlue]] 12:45, 17 July 2008 (PDT)<br />
**Line 0115, <'Should have been' or 'should be'?> --[[User:OceanBlue|OceanBlue]] 12:45, 17 July 2008 (PDT)<br />
**Line 0132, <'Around' is implied in this sentence and is unneeded.> --[[User:OceanBlue|OceanBlue]] 12:45, 17 July 2008 (PDT)<br />
**Line 0484, <Would 'treating' be a better replacement with 'how to treat'?> --[[User:OceanBlue|OceanBlue]] 12:45, 17 July 2008 (PDT)<br />
*[[Clannad:SEEN1504]]<br />
**Line 0072, <Can this be phrased better? The second part is unclear.> --[[User:OceanBlue|OceanBlue]] 19:48, 19 July 2008 (PDT)<br />
**Line 0075, <Can 'vacation' be taken out?> --[[User:OceanBlue|OceanBlue]] 19:48, 19 July 2008 (PDT)<br />
**Line 0092, <This is phrased awkwardly.> --[[User:OceanBlue|OceanBlue]] 19:48, 19 July 2008 (PDT)<br />
**Line 0108, <"How painful the days" is missing a verb.> --[[User:OceanBlue|OceanBlue]] 19:48, 19 July 2008 (PDT)<br />
*[[Clannad:SEEN1505]]<br />
**Line 0073, <'Advocating' doesn't seem right. [advocate: To speak, plead, or argue in favor of. See Synonyms at support. | thefreedictionary.com]> --[[User:OceanBlue|OceanBlue]] 20:02, 19 July 2008 (PDT)<br />
**Line 0094, <What's a 'demihuman'?> --[[User:OceanBlue|OceanBlue]] 20:02, 19 July 2008 (PDT)<br />
**Line 0098, <Either change 'be,' to 'be?' or replace with alternate.> --[[User:OceanBlue|OceanBlue]] 20:02, 19 July 2008 (PDT)<br />
*[[Clannad:SEEN1506]]<br />
**Line 0092, <Can this be rephrased so it doesn't have 'such that'?> --[[User:OceanBlue|OceanBlue]] 20:38, 19 July 2008 (PDT)<br />
**Line 0132, <Is this 'any more uneasy' or 'uneasy anymore'?> --[[User:OceanBlue|OceanBlue]] 20:38, 19 July 2008 (PDT)<br />
*[[Clannad:SEEN1507]]<br />
**Line 0018, <This line seems odd.> --[[User:OceanBlue|OceanBlue]] 16:58, 20 July 2008 (PDT)<br />
**Line 0109, <What's 'Peering out his eyes' mean?> --[[User:OceanBlue|OceanBlue]] 16:58, 20 July 2008 (PDT)<br />
**Line 0114, <'turned on'? Is this really the right phrase?> --[[User:OceanBlue|OceanBlue]] 16:58, 20 July 2008 (PDT)<br />
*[[Clannad:SEEN1511]]<br />
**Line 0101, <Would Tomoya say that, or would Fuuko say that?> --[[User:OceanBlue|OceanBlue]] 18:19, 20 July 2008 (PDT)<br />
**Line 0105, <This doesn't really make sense.> --[[User:OceanBlue|OceanBlue]] 18:19, 20 July 2008 (PDT)<br />
**Line 0183, <Are this and 0184 supposed to coordinate with 0101?> --[[User:OceanBlue|OceanBlue]] 18:19, 20 July 2008 (PDT)<br />
**Line 0218, <Is 'bad' correct? It's followed by 'late', so...> --[[User:OceanBlue|OceanBlue]] 18:19, 20 July 2008 (PDT)<br />
**Line 0276, <Cutting?> --[[User:OceanBlue|OceanBlue]] 18:19, 20 July 2008 (PDT)<br />
**Line 0362, <Sentence is odd.> --[[User:OceanBlue|OceanBlue]] 18:19, 20 July 2008 (PDT)<br />
**Line 0422, <Are the pronouns like this in the Japanese version? Too many "she"s.> --[[User:OceanBlue|OceanBlue]] 18:19, 20 July 2008 (PDT)<br />
**Line 0469, < I changed it to what I think it should have been, but check to make sure.> --[[User:OceanBlue|OceanBlue]] 18:19, 20 July 2008 (PDT)<br />
**Line 0585, <Is he saying, 'I had never thought of any of my teachers as beautiful.' or 'I didn't have any beautiful teachers.'?> --[[User:OceanBlue|OceanBlue]] 18:19, 20 July 2008 (PDT)<br />
**Line 0661, <What does the tip of her nose have to do with her breathing?> --[[User:OceanBlue|OceanBlue]] 18:19, 20 July 2008 (PDT)<br />
**Line 0676, <'Take care of her' followed by 'Not at all'.> --[[User:OceanBlue|OceanBlue]] 18:19, 20 July 2008 (PDT)<br />
**Line 0692, <Same as 0676.> --[[User:OceanBlue|OceanBlue]] 18:19, 20 July 2008 (PDT)<br />
**Line 0696, <Odd phrasing. I don't understand it enough to rephrase it.> --[[User:OceanBlue|OceanBlue]] 18:19, 20 July 2008 (PDT)<br />
*[[Clannad:SEEN1513]]<br />
**Line 0012, <Odd phrasing. I can't understand what it's saying, so I can't rephrase it.> --[[User:OceanBlue|OceanBlue]] 19:58, 20 July 2008 (PDT)<br />
*[[Clannad:SEEN1515]]<br />
**Line 0081, <The first clause is awkward.> --[[User:OceanBlue|OceanBlue]] 20:12, 21 July 2008 (PDT)<br />
**Line 0161, <This is phrased oddly. 'Crossed by'> --[[User:OceanBlue|OceanBlue]] 20:12, 21 July 2008 (PDT)<br />
*[[Clannad:SEEN1516]]<br />
**Line 0001, <The line seems like it's saying the wedding is that day.> --[[User:OceanBlue|OceanBlue]] 20:44, 21 July 2008 (PDT)<br />
**Line 0224, <'Gah' doesn't seem to fit.> --[[User:OceanBlue|OceanBlue]] 20:44, 21 July 2008 (PDT)<br />
*[[Clannad:SEEN4415]]<br />
**Line 0107, <He already knew he was skipping class, so wouldn't it be, "remember"?> --[[User:OceanBlue|OceanBlue]] 19:57, 28 July 2008 (PDT)<br />
*[[Clannad:SEEN4423]]<br />
**Line 0188, < I feel this is phrased awkwardly, but I don't understand it enough to rephrase it.> --[[User:OceanBlue|OceanBlue]] 18:57, 20 August 2008 (PDT)<br />
*[[Clannad:SEEN6801]]<br />
**Line 0438 and following conversation, Given how twisted Akio is, I'm guessing this should be the literal meaning, "to lick". [[User:Karappo|Karappo]] 09:59, 22 February 2009 (UTC)<br />
*[[Clannad:SEEN6802]]<br />
**Line 2137 was it "Do your best!" ?<br />
<br />
== Consistency questions ==<br />
This section deals with words and phrases that occurs across multiple SEENs, which ought to be kept consistent with one another. The first several listings are from [[Talk:Clannad]]<br />
<br />
=== Resolved ===<br />
*"Big Dango Family", "Dango Daikazoku", or "Big Dumpling Family"?<br />
**It should be "The Big Dango Family" if it's about the title and not a description of a one huge family. Reason is, all dango are dumplings but not all dumplings are dango. Dango are a kind of dumpling much like sharks are a kind of fish. Leaving it as it is should be fine. -DGreater1<br />
<br />
*The piglet is sometimes referred to as "Botan" and sometimes as "Button"... which is the better choice?<br />
**It should be "Botan"<br />
<br />
=== Unresolved ===<br />
*For Fuuko, are we going with "wood carving" or "wooden carving"?<br />
<br />
*Are we using '?!' or '!?' ? A lot of the SEEN files I've gone through use '?!', so I'm assuming that's what we should use.<br />
**On an English level, the interrobang (?!)comes in both forms. It works as a tone modifier when making an explicative sentence. If it's more of a question, the question mark comes first. If it's more of a shout, the exclamation leads. Though, the writers of the ''Chicago Manual of Style'' would kill me for stating this. [[User:M|M]] 14:41, 13 June 2008 (PDT)<br />
<br />
*What about Fuuko? Are we changing her name to Fuko for consistency? The opening movie uses that instead of Fuuko (in English text, even), and it's not like we can edit the video.<br />
**This occurs in the titles of the anime as well, and the offical subs use "Fuko". That said, I have no personal preference. -XCN-<br />
<br />
*"Okay" or "Ok"?<br />
<br />
*"Dad"/"dad", "Mom"/"Mum/"mom"/"mum"?<br />
<br />
*Tomoya's nickname for Akio: "Gramps"/"gramps"/"Pops"/"pops"?<br />
<br />
*Akio, after he's caught dissing Sanae's bread. In Japanese, the words are all the same; only the amount of dragging is different (SVN version below. One of them is different in the Wiki)<br />
::SEEN6419<br />
:::<0306> \{Akio} "I FREAKIN' LOVE THIS STUFF------!!!"<br />
::SEEN6420<br />
:::<0093> \{Akio} "I REALLY LOVE THEM--!"<br />
:::<0101> \{Voice} "But I really love them...!"<br />
::SEEN6503<br />
:::<0014> \{Akio} "I FREAKIN LOVE THEM-----!!"<br />
::SEEN6729<br />
:::<0277> \{Akio} "I FREAKIN LOVE THEM----!!"<br />
:::<0345> \{Akio} "I FREAKIN LOVE THEM--!!"<br />
::SEEN6800<br />
:::<0103> \{Akio} "I love it----!"<br />
<br />
*For Ryou: "fortune-telling" (62 occurrences), "fortune telling" (134 occurrences) or "fortunetelling" (2 occurences)?<br />
<br />
*"Chorus Club" or "Choir Club"?<br />
** It's either "Chorus Club" or plain "Choir", since it's just a new and small club, the former sounds more appropriate. Some prestigious school choirs operate independently from the Student Council or whoever runs the extra-curricular clubs, making them insanely powerful. Those can be called "School Choir". Er, yeah, I was using my own high school as an example. And no, I was not a member. - Kinny Riddle, SEEN4428</div>Xcandescenthttps://www.baka-tsuki.org/project/index.php?title=Clannad:Image_text_(Story)&diff=82285Clannad:Image text (Story)2011-02-09T02:29:31Z<p>Xcandescent: /* Text */ Requesting alt TL on the ending section in SZZD00, 10, 20.</p>
<hr />
<div>{{Clannad:Cleanup}}<br />
<br />
Return to the main page [[Clannad|here]].<br />
<br />
== Translation Notes ==<br />
This page contains lines encoded as images (.g00 files) rather than editable text. Graphics editing software will be needed to incorporate the translated text back into the game.<br />
<br />
20110101 -- Some of these have already been translated in their corresponding SEEN pages.<br />
20110207 -- All lines translated.<br />
<br />
<br />
== Text ==<br />
<div class="clannadbox"><br />
<pre><br />
// Image-based text, related to the story<br />
<br />
//---------------------------------------------------------------<br />
// SFWEC10.g00, SFWEC20.g00 -- SFWEC31.g00<br />
// <br />
// Labels<br />
//---------------------------------------------------------------<br />
Illusionary World<br />
// 幻想世界<br />
<br />
//---------------------------------------------------------------<br />
// FGMS32.g00 -- FGMS34.g00<br />
// SEEN0414, after 0066<br />
// Climbing the hill together with Nagisa for the first time<br />
//---------------------------------------------------------------<br />
<br />
We begin climbing...<br />
// 俺たちは登リ始める。<br />
<br />
The long,<br />
// 長い、<br />
<br />
The long, long uphill road.<br />
// 長い、長い坂道を。<br />
<br />
<br />
//---------------------------------------------------------------<br />
// FGMS42.g00, FGMS33.g00, FGMS34.g00<br />
// SEEN6801, after 2025<br />
// After talking to Nagisa at the bottom of the hill, after her death, before you have enough lights to save her<br />
//---------------------------------------------------------------<br />
We are climbing...<br />
// 俺たちは登っていく。<br />
<br />
The long,<br />
// Re-use the file from SEEN0414<br />
// 長い、<br />
<br />
The long, long uphill road.<br />
// Re-use the file from SEEN0414<br />
// 長い、長い坂道を。<br />
<br />
<br />
//---------------------------------------------------------------<br />
// KTC01_01.g00 -- KTC01_05.g00<br />
// SEEN4513<br />
// Kotomi: A suitcase's journey<br />
//---------------------------------------------------------------<br />
This suitcase has traveled around the world.<br />
// Alt: "That suitcase"?<br />
// その鞄は、世界中を旅してきた。<br />
<br />
Through desert towns, frozen isles...<br />
// 砂漠の町も、氷の島も...<br />
<br />
Rugged mountains, tropical lands...<br />
// lit: Rugged mountains too, green lands too...<br />
// 険しい山も、緑の大地も...<br />
<br />
Passing from one hand to another // *<br />
// Alt (swap): Entrusted with great care, --Polarem<br />
// lit: Many people's; from hand to hand<br />
// たくさんの人の手から手へ、<br />
<br />
Entrusted with great care... // *<br />
// Alt (swap): From one hand to another... --Polarem<br />
// 大切に託されてまた...<br />
<br />
<br />
//---------------------------------------------------------------<br />
// KTC02_02.g00<br />
// SEEN4513<br />
// Kotomi: Part of the Ichinoses' multi-lingual note<br />
//---------------------------------------------------------------<br />
// Leave this untranslated<br />
//---------------------------------------------------------------<br />
この鞄を見つけたら、どうか娘に届けてください。<br />
// If you find this suitcase, please take it to our daughter.<br />
<br />
<br />
//---------------------------------------------------------------<br />
// KTC03_01.g00 -- KTC03_04.g00, KTC04_01.g00 -- KTC04_04.g00<br />
// SEEN4513,<br />
// Kotomi: A letter from father to daughter<br />
//---------------------------------------------------------------<br />
// Should match 0395-0402<br />
//---------------------------------------------------------------<br />
To Kotomi<br />
// ことみへ<br />
<br />
The world is beautiful<br />
// 世界は美しい<br />
<br />
Even if it's filled with tears and sadness<br />
// 悲しみと涙に満ちてさえ<br />
<br />
Still, open your eyes<br />
// 瞳を開きなさい<br />
<br />
Do the things you want to try<br />
// やりたい事をしなさい<br />
<br />
Become the person you desire<br />
// なりたい者になりなさい<br />
<br />
Go and search for friends<br />
// 友達を見つけなさい<br />
<br />
Don't rush things and grow up slowly<br />
// 焦らずにゆっくりと大人になりなさい<br />
<br />
<br />
//---------------------------------------------------------------<br />
// KTC05_01.g00 -- KTC05_06.g00, KTC06_01.g00<br />
// SEEN4513,<br />
// Kotomi: A letter from mother to daughter<br />
//---------------------------------------------------------------<br />
// Should match 0407-0411<br />
//---------------------------------------------------------------<br />
It's the teddy bear we found in a gift shop<br />
// おみやげもの屋さんで見つけたくまさんです<br />
<br />
We've searched and searched,<br />
// たくさんたくさん探したけど、<br />
<br />
But this was the biggest one we could find<br />
// この子がいちばん大きかったの<br />
<br />
We didn't have time,<br />
// 時間がなくて、<br />
<br />
So we couldn't send it via the airport<br />
// 空港からは送れなかったから<br />
<br />
Our lovely Kotomi<br />
// かわいいことみ<br />
<br />
Happy Birthday<br />
// おたんじょうびおめでとう<br />
<br />
<br />
//---------------------------------------------------------------<br />
// BG051O.g00<br />
// SEEN4800<br />
// Kotomi: Note on the violin for Kotomi (in handwriting)<br />
//---------------------------------------------------------------<br />
From everyone to Kotomi<br />
// みんなよりことみへ<br />
<br />
It sounds better than before<br />
// 前よりいい音<br />
<br />
<br />
//---------------------------------------------------------------<br />
// FGMS23.g00<br />
// SEEN1518, after 0122<br />
// Fuuko: Fuuko's last words before fading away<br />
//---------------------------------------------------------------<br />
Thank you so much.<br />
// ありがとうございました。<br />
<br />
<br />
//---------------------------------------------------------------<br />
// FGMS16.g00 -- FGMS22.g00 <br />
// SEEN7500, after 1408<br />
// Misae: Shima receiving his instructions<br />
//---------------------------------------------------------------<br />
"Now listen very, very closely."<br />
// 「いいかい、よく聞くんだよ」<br />
<br />
"This thing here is a charm."<br />
// Orig TL: "This here's a charm."<br />
// 「ここに、お守りがある」<br />
<br />
"There's a light that has been put inside it."<br />
// Orig TL: "Light's been put inside of it."<br />
// 「この中にはね、光が入ってる」<br />
<br />
"It's light that can grant a single wish."<br />
// 「ひとつだけ、願いことを叶えることできる、光なんだ」<br />
<br />
"You will take this and go to her."<br />
// Orig TL: "You'll be holding this from now on, going to that person."<br />
// 「おまえは今からこれを持って、あの人の元へいく」<br />
<br />
"And then, you will grant her wish."<br />
// Orig TL: "And then, granting that girl's wish."<br />
// 「そして、彼女の願いごとを叶える」<br />
<br />
"Do you understand?"<br />
// 「わっかたかい？」<br />
<br />
<br />
//---------------------------------------------------------------<br />
// FGMS01.g00 -- FGMS15.g00 <br />
// SEEN7500, after 2702<br />
// Misae: Shima reporting back to his old master<br />
//---------------------------------------------------------------<br />
Master, Master.<br />
// Orig TL: My master, my master.<br />
// ご主人様、ご主人様。<br />
<br />
My current master is not the same as you...<br />
// Orig TL: My master right now was a different person from the you on that day but...<br />
// 今のご主人様は、あの日のあなたとは違う人だけど…<br />
<br />
But she's a very kind person.<br />
// Orig TL: She was very kind.<br />
// とても優しい人です。<br />
<br />
But she makes me worry at times.<br />
// Orig TL: But, she felt uneasy once in a while.<br />
// けど、たまに不安になります。<br />
<br />
I wonder... if I was able to reach my goal.<br />
// Orig TL: I wonder if... I managed to reach my goal?<br />
// ぼくは…目的が果たせてのでしょうか。<br />
<br />
I feel like I've come here for a reason.<br />
// Orig TL: I feel like I've come here for some reason.<br />
// なにかのためにここに来た気がするのです。<br />
<br />
I think it was very important.<br />
// とても大事なことだったと思うんです。<br />
<br />
I wonder if I reached that.<br />
// Orig TL: I wonder if I reached that?<br />
// それは、果たせたのでしょうか。<br />
<br />
Now it's been too long, and I can't remember.<br />
// Orig TL: Even now, I can't really remember that far back.<br />
// 今はもう、遠すぎで思い出ません。<br />
<br />
I wonder if everything's ended now.<br />
// Orig TL: I wonder if everything's ended now?<br />
// もう、すべてはおわったのでしょうか。<br />
<br />
But right now, I want to remain like this.<br />
// Orig TL: Just that, I want to stay like this.<br />
// ただ、今はこうしていたいです。<br />
<br />
Will that be allowed, I wonder?<br />
// それはゆるされるでしょうか。<br />
<br />
Always feeling at ease.<br />
// ずっとこの安らぎの中にいても。<br />
<br />
Continuing to be with her forever.<br />
// Orig TL: Continuing to be beside that person.<br />
// この人のそばにいつづけても。<br />
<br />
<br />
//---------------------------------------------------------------<br />
// FGCD01.g00 -- FGCD07.g00<br />
// SEEN7100, 1514-1538<br />
// Yoshino: Suggestions for CD album titles<br />
//---------------------------------------------------------------<br />
// Keep in sync with the conversation in 1514-1538<br />
//---------------------------------------------------------------<br />
Love & Spanner<br />
// ラブ・ンアド・スパナ<br />
<br />
The Man that Spins the Spanner Around Love<br />
// 愛でスパナを回す男<br />
<br />
Beware!! The Man that Spins the Spanner Around Love<br />
// 恐怖!!愛でスパナを回す男<br />
<br />
Beware!! The Man that Spins the Spanner Around His Nose<br />
// 恐怖!!鼻でスパナを回す男<br />
<br />
Beware!! The Man that Spins His Nose Around the Spanner<br />
// 恐怖!!スパナで鼻を回す男<br />
<br />
Attention Housewives!! Beware - The Man that Spins His Nose Around the Spanner<br />
// 家政婦は見た!!恐怖・スパナで鼻を回す男<br />
<br />
<br />
//---------------------------------------------------------------<br />
// FGMS43.g00 -- FGMS49.g00 <br />
// SEEN6802, after 0000<br />
// Tomoya in depression<br />
//---------------------------------------------------------------<br />
I am living like an automaton... // *<br />
// Alt 1: I live mechanically. <br />
// Alt 2: My life goes on mechanically. --Polarem<br />
// だた、惰性のように生きていた。<br />
<br />
Getting up,<br />
// 起きて、<br />
<br />
Getting up, going to work,<br />
// 起きて、仕事にでかけて、<br />
<br />
Getting up, going to work, eating,<br />
// 起きて、仕事にでかけて、食べて、<br />
<br />
Getting up, going to work, eating, sleeping...<br />
// 起きて、仕事にでかけて、食べて、寝て...<br />
<br />
Simply doing what my body naturally remembers.<br />
// 体が覚えていることを、繰り返すだけ。<br />
<br />
That’s how I pass my days.<br />
// そんな日々に生きていた。<br />
<br />
<br />
//---------------------------------------------------------------<br />
// SPAPA00.g00, SPAPA10.g00<br />
// (SEEN9083.ke)<br />
// Death of the girl in the Illusionary World<br />
//---------------------------------------------------------------<br />
...Goodbye...<br />
// ...さようなら...<br />
<br />
...Papa...<br />
// ...パパっ...<br />
<br />
<br />
//---------------------------------------------------------------<br />
// SZZD00.g00, SZZD10.g00, SZZD20.g00<br />
// (SEEN9081.ke)<br />
// Saving Nagisa<br />
//---------------------------------------------------------------<br />
// Make consistent with SEEN6416 and SEEN6511<br />
//---------------------------------------------------------------<br />
"Let me take you away..." // *<br />
// 「お連れしましょう...」<br />
<br />
"To the place in this town where wishes come true."<br />
// 「この町の、願いが叶う場所に」<br />
<br />
<br />
// The following 6 lines are found in the same image file, but displayed separately in the game.<br />
// The XML metadata file will have to be edited to account for the different lengths of the English text.<br />
"Yes..." // *<br />
// 「ああ...」<br />
<br />
Now, it is ending. // *<br />
// 今、終わる。<br />
<br />
Taking along the thoughts of the town... // *<br />
// 町の思いに連れられて...<br />
<br />
Is that long, long journey. // *<br />
// その長い、長い旅が。<br />
<br />
Reach out with your hand... // *<br />
// 手を伸ばす。<br />
<br />
Towards... the countless lights.<br />
// 無数の...光と共に。<br />
<br />
// XCN: Lines 3 and 4 make no sense, and absolutely need to be fixed before this becomes a graphic.<br />
// The anime summarizes this section into a single line about a long, long journey coming to an end.<br />
<br />
<br />
//---------------------------------------------------------------<br />
// FGMS35.g00 -- FGMS41.g00 <br />
// SEEN6803, after 0312<br />
// Epilogue: Fuuko finding the girl under the tree<br />
//---------------------------------------------------------------<br />
// This text is white, to be displayed on a black background<br />
//---------------------------------------------------------------<br />
"Are you there?"<br />
// 「いますか」<br />
<br />
"This is Fuuko."<br />
// 「風子です」<br />
<br />
"What is your name?"<br />
// 「あなたのお名前はなんていうんですか」<br />
<br />
"Please tell."<br />
// 「教えてください」<br />
<br />
"Become Fuuko's friend so we can play together."<br />
// 「風子とお友達になって、一緒に遊びましょう」<br />
<br />
As for something fun... // *<br />
// Alt: From now on... // Rearrange the final 2 lines? --Polarem<br />
// 「楽しいことは...」<br />
<br />
... that will begin right now. // *<br />
// Alt: There will be lots of fun! // Whichever way, we need an exclamation mark to end the game with a bang --Polarem<br />
// 「...これから始まりますよ」<br />
</pre><br />
</div></div>Xcandescenthttps://www.baka-tsuki.org/project/index.php?title=Clannad:Leftover_lines&diff=82100Clannad:Leftover lines2011-02-07T02:34:05Z<p>Xcandescent: /* Text */ Added Teh_ping's TL's, with comments. Also added TL's to corresponding UTF's in Wiki.</p>
<hr />
<div>{{Clannad:Translating}}<br />
<br />
Return to the main page [[Clannad|here]].<br />
<br />
== Notes ==<br />
This page is a collection of the all the untranslated lines as of 2011-01-29. When we have reliable translations they will be moved to their respective SEENs and deleted from here.<br />
<br />
A separate list [http://www.baka-tsuki.org/project/index.php?title=Category:ClannadTranslating here] contains the pages that are in need of a translation check.<br />
<br />
== Text ==<br />
<div class="clannadbox"><br />
<pre><br />
SEEN0444<br />
<9999> Drowsiness strikes me.<br />
// XCN: Rephrasing Teh_ping's TL.<br />
// This is a branch that's inserted in place of 0028. Read 0027 and 0029 for flow.<br />
// After <0047><br />
// 疲れているのか、眠気が襲ってきた。<br />
<br />
SEEN4421<br />
<9999> \{Furukawa} "Ah... well... the drama club is gone now... as I expected ..."<br />
// XCN: Confirmed in code that this is a branch; either 9999, or 0036/0037 are printed, depending on<br />
// a variable (which is probably derived from a choice). Using Teh_ping's TL.<br />
// After <0035><br />
// Compare with with succeeding line (perhaps a branch, depending on your previous choices?)<br />
// <0036> \{Furukawa} "Ah... well... the drama club is gone now..." = \{古河} 「あ、それが…演劇部なくなってました…」<br />
// \{古河}「あ、それが…やっぱり演劇部なくなってました…」<br />
<br />
SEEN6800/1<br />
<9999> \{Akio} "Nagisa can hear you from here, you greenhorn!"<br />
// XCN: Using Teh_ping's TL. The surrounding translation says "greenick" ... which is not even a word.<br />
// I'm going to have to do a search and replace eventually on all of those.<br />
// After <4922><br />
// \{秋生}「渚が言ってるんだから、ヘナチョコなんだよっ！」<br />
<br />
<br />
// ----- The following SEENs are not hosted on Baka-Tsuki -----<br />
SEEN9071 (Independent lines, not a coherent story)<br />
// NOTE: Lines 0000-0003 and 0005 call an embedded string in the .ke file (strS[1016]).<br />
// Since .ke files can farcall() any other .ke file, it's almost impossible to determine what that<br />
// string actually is. HOWEVER, there is an string value for strS[1016] near the end of the file,<br />
// which has already been covered by the Kepago translation string file (it's "どぐしっ！", which is<br />
// auto-replaced by "Whump! " from the translation file during a SEEN.txt build). Using Teh_ping's<br />
// TL's for 0006-0009. I'm also guessing that the leading spaces on 0008/0009 will have to be<br />
// adjusted to center the text.<br />
<br />
<0006> \{Tomoyo} "Hmph!"<br />
// \{智代}「ふんっ」<br />
<0007> \{Bear} "Hmph!"<br />
// \{クマ}「ふんっ」<br />
<0008> \ A link combo!<br />
// \ コンボが繋がった！<br />
<0009> \ And another link combo!<br />
// \ さらにコンボが繋がった！<br />
<br />
<br />
SEEN9074 (A collection of repeated starfish drama)<br />
<????> *<br />
// ファイナルヒトデ使い・風子<br />
<br />
</pre><br />
</div></div>Xcandescenthttps://www.baka-tsuki.org/project/index.php?title=Clannad:SEEN6800/1&diff=82098Clannad:SEEN6800/12011-02-07T02:17:18Z<p>Xcandescent: /* Text */ Added translation and comments for <9999>. NOTE: Need to do a search/replace on "greenick".</p>
<hr />
<div>{{Clannad:Cleanup}}<br />
Return to the main page [[Clannad|here]].<br />
<br />
== Translation ==<br />
*[[User:Velocity7|velocity7]]<br />
<br />
== Text ==<br />
<div class="clannadbox"><br />
<pre><br />
<3743> I went to visit the Furukawa household once a week.<br />
// 週に一度の古河家訪問。その行きがけ。<br />
<3744> \{Nagisa} "Umm, \m{B}-kun, could I ask you for some advice?"<br />
// \{渚}「あの、\m{B}くん、相談があります」<br />
<3745> Nagisa asked holding some plastic containers.<br />
// タッパーを抱えた渚がそう口を開いていた。<br />
<3746> \{\m{B}} "Hmm?"<br />
// \{\m{B}}「あん？」<br />
<3747> \{Nagisa} "It's about dad."<br />
// \{渚}「お父さんのことです」<br />
<3748> \{\m{B}} "What happened to pops? Did he trouble Sanae-san with some harassment again?"<br />
// \{\m{B}}「オッサンがどうした。また早苗さんにセクハラして困らせてるのか？」<br />
<3749> \{Nagisa} "That's not it."<br />
// \{渚}「違います」<br />
<3750> \{Nagisa} "Umm... well..."<br />
// \{渚}「ええと…その…」<br />
<3751> \{Nagisa} "It seems that dad formed a small theatrical company with the people he performed with, and they're launching."<br />
// \{渚}「お父さんが昔に一緒に演劇をやっていた人たちが、小さな劇団を作って、旗揚げ公演をするらしいんです」<br />
// Needs rewritting; makes it sound like Akio is doing something in the present<br />
<3752> \{\m{B}} "Heh... that's somewhat, great."<br />
// \{\m{B}}「へぇ…そりゃなんつーか、よかったな」<br />
<3753> \{Nagisa} "Yes..."<br />
// \{渚}「はい…」<br />
<3754> It was probably hard for Nagisa to stomach.<br />
// 渚としては心中穏やかではないだろう。<br />
<3755> He should still have been a member, hadn't he given up on his dream.<br />
// 自分が夢を諦めさせていなければ、オッサンはその一員で居られたのにと思っているはずだ。<br />
<3756> \{Nagisa} "They gave my dad an invitation to come to their performance."<br />
// \{渚}「その公演の招待状がお父さんにも来てるんです」<br />
<3757> \{Nagisa} "Dad must want to go."<br />
// \{渚}「お父さん、行きたいはずです」<br />
<3758> \{\m{B}} "I guess. They're old friends, after all."<br />
// \{\m{B}}「だろうな。昔の仲間の公演なんだし」<br />
<3759> \{Nagisa} "But, he has work, so he's said he isn't going."<br />
// \{渚}「でも、仕事があるから行かないって言ってるんです」<br />
<3760> \{\m{B}} "Work? It's just for half a day. What's he saying?"<br />
// \{\m{B}}「仕事って、そんな半日ぐらい、何を今更」<br />
<3761> \{Nagisa} "No, it won't be for half a day. This performance is in Kyushu."<br />
// \{渚}「いえ、半日じゃないんです。だって、公演場所は九州ですから」<br />
<3762> \{\m{B}} "Guahh... that's far..."<br />
// \{\m{B}}「ぐあ…遠いな…」<br />
<3763> \{Nagisa} "Even if he took a bus, he'd be gone for two days."<br />
// \{渚}「高速バスで行っても、二日がかりになります」<br />
<3764> \{\m{B}} "But, it's okay for him to leave the shop open for at least two days, right?"<br />
// \{\m{B}}「でも、二日ぐらい店を空けてもいいんじゃねぇの？」<br />
<3765> \{Nagisa} "Dad leaves the shop a lot to play but, every morning he bakes the bread."<br />
// \{渚}「お父さん、よくお店を抜け出して遊びにいきますけど、それでも毎朝のパンはちゃんと焼いていました」<br />
<3766> \{\m{B}} "I see... then he'd have to close the shop down for two days."<br />
// \{\m{B}}「そうか…じゃ、二日休業するしかねぇな」<br />
<3767> \{Nagisa} "Dad doesn't want to be negligent, so I think he'd say he wouldn't go."<br />
// \{渚}「お父さん、それを怠りたくないから、行かないって言ってるんだと思うんです」<br />
<3768> \{Nagisa} "He's continued on in the bakery this whole time without stopping..."<br />
// \{渚}「ずっと、休みなく続けてきたパン屋なので…」<br />
<3769> That wasn't the only reason. He probably also has his own responsibility.<br />
// それだけの理由じゃなく、意地もあるんじゃないだろうか。<br />
<3770> He'd act as if something like that had absolutely no meaning to him in front of her.<br />
// 渚の前では、そんなものにはまったく興味がない振りをしているとか。<br />
<3771> That's the kind of feeling I had about it.<br />
// なんとなくそんな気がする。<br />
<3772> \{Nagisa} "But, I'd like him for to go if possible."<br />
// \{渚}「でも、わたしはどうしても、行ってきてほしいんです」<br />
<3773> \{\m{B}} "Yeah, I know."<br />
// \{\m{B}}「ああ、わかるよ」<br />
<3774> \{Nagisa} "That's why, \m{B}-kun..."<br />
// \{渚}「ですので…\m{B}くん」<br />
<3775> \{Nagisa} "How about baking for him instead?"<br />
// \{渚}「代わりに、焼いてくれませんか」<br />
<3776> \{\m{B}} "........."<br />
// \{\m{B}}「………」<br />
<3777> \{\m{B}} "You will?"<br />
// \{\m{B}}「おまえが？」<br />
<3778> \{Nagisa} "I meant you!"<br />
// \{渚}「\m{B}くんですっ」<br />
<3779> \{Nagisa} "I did say '\m{B}-kun' clearly."<br />
// \{渚}「今、ちゃんと\m{B}くんって言いました」<br />
<3780> \{\m{B}} "It'd be impossible for me to replace pops."<br />
// \{\m{B}}「オッサンの代わりなんて無理だって」<br />
<3781> \{Nagisa} "You worked with them, \m{B}-kun."<br />
// \{渚}「\m{B}くん、ウチで働いていました」<br />
<3782> \{\m{B}} "But it had nothing to do with baking."<br />
// \{\m{B}}「パンは焼いたことねぇっての」<br />
<3783> \{Nagisa} "You also helped mom."<br />
// \{渚}「お母さんも手伝ってくれます」<br />
<3784> \{\m{B}} (Sigh...)<br />
// \{\m{B}}（ふっ…）<br />
<3785> \{\m{B}} (That reassures me...)<br />
// \{\m{B}}（それは心強いのだろうか…）<br />
<3786> I suddenly spaced out.<br />
// 思わず遠い目をしてしまう。<br />
<3787> \{\m{B}} "Besides, I also have a job."<br />
// \{\m{B}}「それに、俺だって仕事がある」<br />
<3788> \{Nagisa} "It's next weekend. You don't have any work on Saturday. Didn't you say so, \m{B}-kun?"<br />
// \{渚}「次の土日です。土曜は、仕事ないから暇だって\m{B}くん言ってました」<br />
<3789> \{\m{B}} "I did, yeah..."<br />
// \{\m{B}}「まぁな…」<br />
<3790> \{Nagisa} "I have school, so I won't be able to help until the afternoon."<br />
// \{渚}「わたしは学校なので、早朝と午後からしか手伝えないです」<br />
<3791> \{Nagisa} "I actually want to bake it but... it's a lot of physical work, so a lot of it is impossible for me."<br />
// \{渚}「本当はわたしが焼けたらいいんですけど…力仕事なので、たくさんは無理なんです」<br />
<3792> \{Nagisa} "That's why I'm asking you, \m{B}-kun."<br />
// \{渚}「ですので、\m{B}くんにお願いしたいんです」<br />
<3793> \{Nagisa} "Or maybe you can't...?"<br />
// \{渚}「ダメでしょうか…」<br />
<3794> Not that I can't, but it's impossible<br />
// ダメじゃなくて無理 // goto line 3796<br />
<3795> Guess we'll have to...<br />
// 仕方がない… // goto 3811<br />
<3796> \{\m{B}} "Not that I can't, but it's impossible."<br />
// \{\m{B}}「ダメじゃなくて、無理だっての」<br />
<3797> \{\m{B}} "Besides, pops couldn't rely on me for that."<br />
// \{\m{B}}「それにオッサンだって、俺なんかに任せてくれないよ」<br />
<3798> \{Nagisa} "It's also something I'm asking fo you."<br />
// \{渚}「わたしからもお願いしますので」<br />
<3799> \{\m{B}} "Even if you did, it's obvious it's impossible."<br />
// \{\m{B}}「お願いしても無駄に決まってるよ」<br />
<3800> \{\m{B}} "He prides himself in that pretty well, after all."<br />
// \{\m{B}}「あの人、あれで結構職人気質だからな」<br />
<3801> Besides, he'd be so stubborn not to let this slip by, even with this.<br />
// それに今回の件だけは、意地を張り通すに違いなかった。<br />
<3802> \{Nagisa} "That might be true..."<br />
// \{渚}「そうかもしれないですけど…」<br />
<3803> \{\m{B}} "Besides, this time won't be the only time for the company, would it? They just launched, so they're only beginning."<br />
// \{\m{B}}「それに、劇団のほうも、今回っきりってわけじゃないだろ？ 旗揚げってぐらいだから、これからなんだよ」<br />
<3804> \{\m{B}} "Maybe in the future, they'll come nearby."<br />
// \{\m{B}}「この先に、近くにも来るよ」<br />
<3805> \{Nagisa} "I suppose. That's probably true."<br />
// \{渚}「そうですね。そうかもしれないです」<br />
<3806> Pops probably wants to maintain a natural relationship with Nagisa just as much as she does.<br />
// きっと渚が割って入ってくるほど、オッサンも相手と自然な関係を保ちづらくなるだろう。<br />
<3807> I think it's better Nagisa not deal with this.<br />
// ここは、渚を引かせるほうがいいと思った。<br />
<3808> \{\m{B}} "Pops can at least write back an answer, and we don't need to worry much more than that."<br />
// \{\m{B}}「オッサンだって、返事ぐらいは書くだろうし、そこまで俺たちが心配しなくてもいいって」<br />
<3809> \{Nagisa} "Okay..."<br />
// \{渚}「はい…」<br />
<3810> She nodded slightly, and didn't bring up the topic again.<br />
// 小さく頷き、それっきりその話題は持ち出してこなかった。// goto before 3907<br />
<3811> \{\m{B}} "Guess we'll have to..."<br />
// \{\m{B}}「仕方がない…」<br />
<3812> \{Nagisa} "You'll help out?!"<br />
// \{渚}「お願いできますかっ」<br />
<3813> \{\m{B}} "Yeah... I know how you feel."<br />
// \{\m{B}}「ああ…おまえの気持ちもわかるしな」<br />
<3814> \{Nagisa} "Thank you so much!"<br />
// \{渚}「ありがとうございます」<br />
<3815> A man with a large build was leaning against an iron bar in the park, smoking a cigarette.<br />
// 大柄な男が、公園の鉄棒にもたれて、タバコをふかしていた。<br />
<3816> \{\m{B}} "Hey, isn't that pops?"<br />
// \{\m{B}}「あれ、オッサンじゃん」<br />
<3817> \{Nagisa} "Yes, it's dad."<br />
// \{渚}「はい、お父さんです」<br />
<3818> \{\m{B}} "He's slacking off again."<br />
// \{\m{B}}「また、さぼってやがる」<br />
<3819> We dropped by the park.<br />
// 俺たちは公園に寄り道をすることになる。<br />
<3820> \{\m{B}} "Pops!"<br />
// \{\m{B}}「オッサンっ」<br />
<3821> \{Akio} "Yo."<br />
// \{秋生}「おう」<br />
<3822> \{Akio} "Oh, it's you guys."<br />
// \{秋生}「なんだ、てめぇらか」<br />
<3823> \{Nagisa} "I'm back, dad."<br />
// \{渚}「お父さん、ただいまです」<br />
<3824> \{Akio} "Yeah, welcome back."<br />
// \{秋生}「ああ、おかえり」<br />
<3825> \{Nagisa} "Dad, please look at this."<br />
// \{渚}「お父さん、これ、見てください」<br />
<3826> \{Nagisa} "It's vegetables that I cooked. Would you like to try them?"<br />
// \{渚}「わたしが作ってきました。煮染めです。お父さん、食べてくれますか」<br />
<3827> \{Akio} "Yeah, I'll take 'em in one shot."<br />
// \{秋生}「ああ、一気食いしてやるさ」<br />
<3828> \{Nagisa} "You can't eat that way! I'd like for you to taste the flavor."<br />
// \{渚}「そんな食べ方したらダメです。味わって食べてほしいです」<br />
<3829> \{Akio} "Yeah, I'll do that."<br />
// \{秋生}「ああ、任せておけ」<br />
<3830> \{Nagisa} "And also, there's something really nice I'd like to talk to you about."<br />
// \{渚}「それとですね、とてもいいお話があります」<br />
<3831> \{Akio} "Oh? You're coming back to the house? Sounds like great news."<br />
// \{秋生}「ほぅ、なんだ。おまえが家に戻ってくるのか。そりゃ朗報だ」<br />
<3832> \{Nagisa} "I'm not! I want to be with \m{B}-kun!"<br />
// \{渚}「戻らないですっ、\m{B}くんと一緒に居たいですっ」<br />
<3833> \{Akio} "Tch, I know. Don't make that so damn clear already, okay? He'll be so giddy, see!"<br />
// \{秋生}「ちっ、わかってるよ、わざわざ口に出して一緒に居たいなんて言うな。こいつがにやにやしてるだろっ」<br />
<3834> Nagisa looked at me.<br />
// 渚が俺の顔を見る。<br />
<3835> \{Nagisa} "He's not really giddy."<br />
// \{渚}「別に、にやにやしてないです」<br />
<3836> \{Akio} "He just suddenly went back to a serious look. He's a broody lech."<br />
// \{秋生}「今、サッと真顔に戻りやがった。こいつ、むっつりスケベだ」<br />
<3837> \{Nagisa} "What's broody? I don't know what that is."<br />
// \{渚}「むっつりってなんですか。わからないです」<br />
<3838> \{Akio} "Talking about how he's such a lech, but covers it up like it's all normal."<br />
// \{秋生}「むちゃくちゃスケベなのに、普段は押し隠してる奴のことだよ」<br />
<3839> \{Nagisa} "\m{B}-kun's not like that!"<br />
// \{渚}「\m{B}くん、そんなんじゃないです」<br />
<3840> \{Nagisa} "To hold on keeping that covered up... I don't think that would be excusable."<br />
// \{渚}「我慢させてしまったりして…わたしのほうが申し訳なく思っています」<br />
<3841> ... don't say something like that in front of your parents.<br />
// …そんなこと、親の前で言うな。<br />
<3842> Like always, it took a while before we got to the question we needed to get to.<br />
// いつものように本題に入るには、時間がかかりそうだった。<br />
<3843> Glancing over to Furukawa Bakery, Sanae-san had just come out, and happened to find us.<br />
// 古河パンの店先に視線を移すと、ちょうど早苗さんが出てきて、俺たちを見つけたところだった。<br />
<3844> Smiling, she came over.<br />
// 俺に笑いかけてから、近づいてくる。<br />
<3845> \{\m{B}} "Yo."<br />
// \{\m{B}}「ちっす」<br />
<3846> \{Sanae} "Good afternoon, \m{B}-san."<br />
// \{早苗}「こんにちは、\m{B}さん」<br />
<3847> \{Nagisa} "Ah, mom. I'm back."<br />
// \{渚}「あ、お母さんです。ただいまです」<br />
<3848> \{Sanae} "Welcome back."<br />
// \{早苗}「おかえりなさい」<br />
<3849> \{Sanae} "Akio-san!"<br />
// \{早苗}「秋生さんっ」<br />
<3850> Greeting Nagisa with a smile, she turned to pops and made a cute scowl.<br />
// 渚に笑顔で挨拶してから、オッサンを可愛く睨みつけた。<br />
<3851> \{Akio} "Yo, Sanae."<br />
// \{秋生}「よぅ、早苗」<br />
<3852> \{Sanae} "Akio-san, you can't."<br />
// \{早苗}「秋生さん、ダメですよ」<br />
<3853> \{Sanae} "You always disappear on the spur of the moment."<br />
// \{早苗}「いつだって秋生さんは、すぐ居なくなってしまうんですから」<br />
<3854> He really was slacking off.<br />
// やっぱりさぼっていたのだ。<br />
<3855> \{Akio} "Y-yeah..."<br />
// \{秋生}「あ、ああ…」<br />
<3856> \{Akio} "I got bored 'cause there weren't no customers. Sorry."<br />
// \{秋生}「客も来なくて退屈だったんだ、わりぃな」<br />
<3857> \{\m{B}} (Giving some excuse won't fix it...)<br />
// \{\m{B}}（言い訳になってねぇよ…）<br />
<3858> \{Sanae} "You were bored...? Then, that can't be helped."<br />
// \{早苗}「退屈だったんですか…なら、仕方がないですね」<br />
<3859> \{\m{B}} (It did?!)<br />
// \{\m{B}}（なってる！？）<br />
<3860> \{Akio} "Yeah, I was just having some fun so that I wouldn't be bored. I'll go take care of the shop."<br />
// \{秋生}「ああ、今度からは退屈しねぇように遊ぶもの持って、店番してるよ」<br />
<3861> \{Sanae} "Please do."<br />
// \{早苗}「お願いしますね」<br />
<3862> Oh man, I don't think I can slack off on baking the bread compared to a childish man like him...<br />
// ああ、俺はこんな子供みたいな人の代わりに、休み返上でパンを焼かなければいけないのか…。<br />
<3863> \{Nagisa} "That said, \m{B}-kun will be taking your place and baking the bread on Saturday and Sunday."<br />
// \{渚}「というわけで、\m{B}くんがお父さんの代わりに土曜と日曜は、パンを焼いてくれます」<br />
<3864> \{Akio} "Oh, I'm lucky. Then I can sleep until noon."<br />
// \{秋生}「お、ラッキー。じゃ、俺は昼までゆっくり寝てるな」<br />
<3865> \{Nagisa} "That's not it! Please go and see the play!"<br />
// \{渚}「違いますっ、演劇、見に行ってきてくださいっ」<br />
<3866> \{Akio} "Play?"<br />
// \{秋生}「演劇ぃ？」<br />
<3867> \{Nagisa} "That's right. Your friends from the theatrical company that launched invited you to come."<br />
// \{渚}「そうです。お友達が、旗揚げ公演するから来てくださいっ、て招待状届いてました」<br />
<3868> \{Akio} "Tch... where the hell did you hear that?!"<br />
// \{秋生}「ちっ…んなこと、誰から聞いたんだよっ」<br />
<3869> \{Sanae} "I told her."<br />
// \{早苗}「わたしですっ」<br />
<3870> Sanae-san really is an honest person.<br />
// 早苗さんは実に正直者だった。<br />
<3871> \{\m{B}} "Go and see them. I'll be baking all the bread."<br />
// \{\m{B}}「行ってきてくれよ。パンはぜんぶ俺が焼くからさ」<br />
<3872> \{Akio} "You know...! This ain't a job to be handing over to some damn amateur!!"<br />
// \{秋生}「てめぇなっ…簡単に素人に任せられるような仕事じゃねぇんだよっ！！」<br />
<3873> \{\m{B}} "Weren't you saying, 'Oh, I'm lucky', just now?"<br />
// \{\m{B}}「あんたさっき、お、ラッキー、とか言ってたじゃないか」<br />
<3874> \{Akio} "... shut up, that was a joke!"<br />
// \{秋生}「…うっせぇ、さっきのは冗談だっ」<br />
<3875> I knew it...<br />
// やっぱりだ…。<br />
<3876> In front of Nagisa, he wasn't one that could touch the topic of drama.<br />
// 渚の前では、演劇のことにできるだけ触れないようにしている。<br />
<3877> \{Nagisa} "Dad, please, go and see them!"<br />
// \{渚}「お父さん、お願いです、行ってきてくださいっ」<br />
<3878> \{Sanae} "Akio-san, don't be stubborn and go."<br />
// \{早苗}「秋生さん、意地を張らないで行ってきてください」<br />
<3879> \{\m{B}} "Yeah, just go."<br />
// \{\m{B}}「そうだよ、行ってこいよ」<br />
<3880> \{Akio} "Shut up, okay?"<br />
// \{秋生}「てめぇは、黙れ」<br />
<3881> ... why only me?<br />
// …なんで、俺だけ。<br />
<3882> \{Nagisa} "Dad, I'd like for you to behave normally."<br />
// \{渚}「お父さん、自然に振る舞ってほしいです」<br />
<3883> \{Nagisa} "I've been thinking about this."<br />
// \{渚}「このことだけは、気を使ってます」<br />
<3884> \{Nagisa} "... in regards to me."<br />
// \{渚}「…わたしに対して」<br />
<3885> \{Akio} "........."<br />
// \{秋生}「………」<br />
<3886> \{Sanae} "Umm, I'll come and bring some tea."<br />
// \{早苗}「あの、わたし、お茶入れてきますね」<br />
<3887> Sanae-san stood from her seat.<br />
// 早苗さんが席を立つ。<br />
<3888> \{\m{B}} "Ah, I'll go and use the washroom, then."<br />
// \{\m{B}}「あ、俺、トイレ借りるっすね」<br />
<3889> I also went at the same time, leaving that place.<br />
// 俺もタイミングを合わせて、その場を立ち去ることにする。<br />
// special condition at this point<br />
// if you have less than 11 lights goto line 3890<br />
// if you have 11 or more, go to SEEN7200 and clear Akio's route, then return to main menu<br />
<3890> Gah... in the end, Nagisa's persuasion didn't work out. Pops didn't agree to it at all.<br />
// が…結局、渚の説得も実らず、オッサンは首を縦に振ることはなかった。<br />
<3891> Nagisa was angry the whole time as we headed back.<br />
// 帰り道、渚はずっと怒っていた。<br />
<3892> \{Nagisa} "He still wouldn't leave it to you, \m{B}-kun, saying something so rude!"<br />
// \{渚}「まだ\m{B}くんには任せられないって、\m{B}くんにすごく失礼なこと言われましたっ」<br />
<3893> \{Nagisa} "Dad is so stubborn!"<br />
// \{渚}「お父さん、意固地ですっ」<br />
<3894> \{\m{B}} "Uh, well, I'm glad you covered for me but... don't be so agitated..."<br />
// \{\m{B}}「いやまぁ、俺のことをかばってくれるのはありがたいけどさ…そう興奮するなよ…」<br />
<3895> \{Nagisa} "I could have persuaded him a little more! It's so regretting!"<br />
// \{渚}「もう少しで説得できそうだったんですっ、惜しかったんですっ」<br />
<3896> \{Nagisa} "It bothers me so much!"<br />
// \{渚}「なんだかすごく悔しいですっ」<br />
<3897> \{Nagisa} "Hmph, hmph!"<br />
// \{渚}「ぷん、ぷんっ」<br />
<3898> For Nagisa to be this angry is quite rare.<br />
// 渚がこんなに怒るなんて、珍しいこともあるもんだ。<br />
<3899> \{\m{B}} "You being angry is kind of interesting."<br />
// \{\m{B}}「怒ってるおまえって面白いな」<br />
<3900> \{Nagisa} "Eh? What's interesting?"<br />
// \{渚}「え？ なにがおもしろいですか」<br />
<3901> \{\m{B}} "Your face."<br />
// \{\m{B}}「顔」<br />
<3902> \{Nagisa} "Eh? Is it that strange...?"<br />
// \{渚}「え？ そんなにヘンでしたか…」<br />
<3903> \{\m{B}} "And I was thinking like, there's such a person at this time that's expressing her anger, huh...?"<br />
// \{\m{B}}「あと、今時、ぷんぷんって口に出して怒る奴がいるんだなぁーと」<br />
<3904> \{Nagisa} "That's embarrassing!"<br />
// \{渚}「恥ずかしいですっ」<br />
<3905> Well, you're making that face again...<br />
// いや、またその顔になってるし…。<br />
<3906> It felt like I got something done today, having seen a face of Nagisa's I never knew.<br />
// 渚の知らない一面が見られたようで、得した気がした一日だった。<br />
// if you said you liked Sanae in SEEN6502, go to SEEN7000 and clear Sanae's route<br />
// else goto before line 3912<br />
<3907> Cohabitation<br />
// 同棲編<br />
<3908> And then, June ended...<br />
// そして、６月が終わり…<br />
// if you went through the ordeal with Yuusuke and Sunohara, goto line 3909<br />
// else goto before line 3912<br />
<3909> And busy times went by.<br />
// そうして慌ただしい時間が過ぎた。<br />
// goto SEEN7100 and finish Yuusuke's route<br />
<3910> Cohabitation<br />
// 同棲編<br />
<3911> And then, June ended...<br />
// そして、６月も終わり…// goto line 3916<br />
// if you went through the ordeal with Yuusuke and Sunohara, goto line 3912<br />
// else goto line 3915<br />
<3912> Work went well during June.<br />
// 仕事も順調に進んでいた６月。<br />
// goto SEEN7100 and finish Yuusuke's route<br />
<3913> Cohabitation<br />
// 同棲編<br />
<3914> And then, June ended...<br />
// そして、６月も終わり…// goto line 3916<br />
<3915> May went by, and June ended...<br />
// ５月が過ぎ、６月が終わり…<br />
<3916> The rainy season came upon us.<br />
// 梅雨も明ける頃。<br />
<3917> \{Nagisa} "Umm, \m{B}-kun,"<br />
// \{渚}「あの、\m{B}くん」<br />
<3918> Seated at dinner.<br />
// 夕食の席で。<br />
<3919> \{\m{B}} "Hmm?"<br />
// \{\m{B}}「あん？」<br />
<3920> \{Nagisa} "I have something to talk about!"<br />
// \{渚}「お話がありますっ」<br />
<3921> She was unusually tense.<br />
// いつになく力が入っていた。<br />
<3922> It was something painful to discuss, without a doubt.<br />
// 言いにくいことに違いなかった。<br />
<3923> \{\m{B}} "What, you want a swimsuit?"<br />
// \{\m{B}}「どうした、水着が欲しいのか？」<br />
<3924> \{Nagisa} "No, that's not it!"<br />
// \{渚}「いえ、違いますっ」<br />
<3925> \{Nagisa} "Ah, well... \wait{1000}not that I don't want one but..."<br />
// \{渚}「あ、いえ…\p欲しくないわけではないです…」<br />
<3926> \{\m{B}} "Okay then, let's go buy one during the holiday tomorrow!"<br />
// \{\m{B}}「よし、明日は休みだし、買いにいくかっ」<br />
<3927> \{Nagisa} "Ahh, well... is it really okay to be buying a swimsuit, I wonder...?"<br />
// \{渚}「ああ、そんな…本当に水着なんて買ってしまっていいんでしょうか…」<br />
<3928> \{\m{B}} "I'd also like to see what you look like in one. You don't happen to have a school swimsuit, right?"<br />
// \{\m{B}}「俺も見てみたいしな。どうせスクール水着しか持ってなかったんだろ？」<br />
<3929> \{Nagisa} "No... but, I don't really mind even if it was a school one."<br />
// \{渚}「はい…でも、スクール水着でも、ぜんぜん構わないです」<br />
<3930> \{\m{B}} "I do."<br />
// \{\m{B}}「俺が構うっての」<br />
<3931> \{\m{B}} "I guess I really want to make my girl look cute."<br />
// \{\m{B}}「やっぱ彼女には可愛くいてもらいたいしな」<br />
<3932> \{\m{B}} "And all the men will be stuck looking at you... ahhh, feels so glorifying."<br />
// \{\m{B}}「男たちの視線を釘付けにする渚。ああ…なんて優越感」<br />
<3933> \{Nagisa} "No way, no one's seen me in a swimsuit!"<br />
// \{渚}「そんな、わたしの水着姿なんて、誰も見ないと思いますっ」<br />
<3934> \{Nagisa} "I don't really think such a style... is any good..."<br />
// \{渚}「そんなにスタイル…よくないですので…」<br />
<3935> \{\m{B}} "As long as you're cute, it's okay."<br />
// \{\m{B}}「可愛いけりゃなんでもＯＫ」<br />
<3936> \{Nagisa} "Even if I'm cute..."<br />
// \{渚}「可愛くも…」<br />
<3937> I glared at Nagisa, telling her that it was fine, just before she denied it.<br />
// ない、と否定しかけたところで、俺は渚を睨みつける。<br />
<3938> I told her not to look down on herself, and thus, she remembered.<br />
// 卑下するな、という言いつけをそうして思い出させてやった。<br />
<3939> \{Nagisa} "Ahh... I guess... I'm cute after all, so I'm sure it'll be okay!"<br />
// \{渚}「ああ…そうですよね…わたし、可愛いですから、きっとなんでもＯＫですっ」<br />
<3940> \{Nagisa} "Wait, if I say that, I'll be a weird girl!"<br />
// \{渚}「って、こんなこと言ってたら、わたしヘンな子ですっ」<br />
<3941> That made me so happy.<br />
// 最高に愉快だ。<br />
<3942> \{Nagisa} "Geez, seems you're playing with me, \m{B}-kun!"<br />
// \{渚}「もう、\m{B}くん、わたしで遊んでる気がしますっ」<br />
<3943> \{\m{B}} "Well, don't pout like that. We'll go shopping in a rush, then."<br />
// \{\m{B}}「まぁ、そうふくれるなって。明日はショッピングでハッスルしようぜ」<br />
<3944> \{Nagisa} "Okay!"<br />
// \{渚}「はいっ」<br />
<3945> \{Nagisa} "Wait, that's not it!"<br />
// \{渚}「って、違いますっ」<br />
<3946> \{\m{B}} "Eh? You don't want to go buy any?"<br />
// \{\m{B}}「え？ 買い物、行きたくねぇの？」<br />
<3947> \{Nagisa} "Sure, I'd be happy to, but not tomorrow."<br />
// \{渚}「ああ、それはとてもうれしいのですが、明日はダメです」<br />
<3948> \{\m{B}} "Why?"<br />
// \{\m{B}}「どうして？」<br />
<3949> \{Nagisa} "Umm, \m{B}-kun,"<br />
// \{渚}「あの、\m{B}くん」<br />
<3950> \{Nagisa} "I have something to talk about!"<br />
// \{渚}「お話がありますっ」<br />
<3951> She went back to her topic.<br />
// 振り出しに戻っていた。<br />
<3952> \{\m{B}} "Why are you being formal?"<br />
// \{\m{B}}「どうしたんだよ、改まって」<br />
<3953> \{Nagisa} "Well... you see..."<br />
// \{渚}「はい…あのですね…」<br />
<3954> \{\m{B}} "I don't want to."<br />
// \{\m{B}}「嫌だ」<br />
<3955> \{Nagisa} "Eh? I haven't even talked yet."<br />
// \{渚}「え？ 話、まだしてないです」<br />
<3956> \{\m{B}} "Knowing you, I'm sure you're proposing something that I'd be reluctant about."<br />
// \{\m{B}}「おまえのことだ。きっと、俺の気が進まないようなことを提案しようとしてる」<br />
<3957> \{Nagisa} "That might be true..."<br />
// \{渚}「それは、そうかもしれないです…」<br />
<3958> \{Nagisa} "But, we've lived together for two months, now."<br />
// \{渚}「でも、もうふたりで暮らし始めて、２ヶ月です」<br />
<3959> \{\m{B}} "Yeah."<br />
// \{\m{B}}「ああ」<br />
<3960> \{Nagisa} "Every week, we go to my parents' house..."<br />
// \{渚}「週に一度、わたしの家には来てもらっていますが…」<br />
<3961> \{Nagisa} "But..."<br />
// \{渚}「でも…」<br />
<3962> \{Nagisa} "We haven't gone to your house, \m{B}-kun..."<br />
// \{渚}「まだ、\m{B}くんの家には行っていないです…」<br />
<3963> I knew it...<br />
// やっぱり…。<br />
<3964> I didn't want to come to this.<br />
// なんてことだ。<br />
<3965> It felt like I was knocked from heaven, down to the depths of hell.<br />
// 天国から、地獄の底へ叩き落とされた気分だった。<br />
<3966> Even though I had been having so much fun...<br />
// あんなにも楽しい気分でいたのに…。<br />
<3967> \{Nagisa} "\m{B}-kun, how many times have you gone to see your father since you graduated?"<br />
// \{渚}「\m{B}くん、卒業してから…お父さんに何度会いましたか」<br />
<3968> \{\m{B}} "Like I'd know."<br />
// \{\m{B}}「知るか」<br />
<3969> \{Nagisa} "\m{B}-kun!"<br />
// \{渚}「\m{B}くんっ」<br />
<3970> \{Nagisa} "\m{B}-kun, you have to tell me clearly."<br />
// \{渚}「\m{B}くん、わたしにはちゃんと正直に話さないとダメです」<br />
<3971> \{\m{B}} "........."<br />
// \{\m{B}}「………」<br />
<3972> \{\m{B}} "Once, when I packed my stuff and left... that was all..."<br />
// \{\m{B}}「一度、荷物を取りに行って…それっきりだよ…」<br />
<3973> \{Nagisa} "I see..."<br />
// \{渚}「そうですか…」<br />
<3974> \{Nagisa} "Then, let's go and see him tomorrow."<br />
// \{渚}「では、明日、会いに行きましょう」<br />
<3975> \{\m{B}} "I don't want to."<br />
// \{\m{B}}「嫌だ」<br />
<3976> \{Nagisa} "Why?"<br />
// \{渚}「どうしてですか」<br />
<3977> \{\m{B}} "Because..."<br />
// \{\m{B}}「俺は…」<br />
<3978> \{\m{B}} "I've been working so hard..."<br />
// \{\m{B}}「一生懸命、働いてるんだ…」<br />
<3979> \{Nagisa} "Yes, I know..."<br />
// \{渚}「はい、わかってます」<br />
<3980> \{\m{B}} "I'd at least... like to spend time on the holidays with you."<br />
// \{\m{B}}「休みの日ぐらい…おまえとふたりで過ごしたい」<br />
<3981> \{Nagisa} "I promise I'll spend time with you next time, okay, \m{B}-kun?"<br />
// \{渚}「次の休みは、\m{B}くんとふたりで過ごします。約束します」<br />
<3982> \{\m{B}} "No. Tomorrow, too."<br />
// \{\m{B}}「嫌だ。明日もだ」<br />
<3983> \{Nagisa} "\m{B}-kun..."<br />
// \{渚}「\m{B}くん…」<br />
<3984> \{\m{B}} "Don't... you understand?"<br />
// \{\m{B}}「おまえは…わかってくれてたんじゃないのか」<br />
<3985> \{\m{B}} "That distance between me and \bthat person\u..." // have to emphasize the coldness here --velocity7<br />
// \{\m{B}}「あの人と俺の距離をさ…」<br />
<3986> \{\m{B}} "A distance that will never be filled."<br />
// \{\m{B}}「絶対に埋まらない距離をさ」<br />
<3987> \{Nagisa} "Yes..."<br />
// \{渚}「はい…」<br />
<3988> \{Nagisa} "But, you've also become a working adult, and have gone through a lot of difficult things."<br />
// \{渚}「でも、\m{B}くんも、社会人になって、たくさん辛いことありました」<br />
<3989> \{Nagisa} "You've worked hard, climbing over everything."<br />
// \{渚}「ぜんぶ乗り越えて、がんばってきました」<br />
<3990> \{Nagisa} "If it's now, I thought you might be able to go meet him, to confront him."<br />
// \{渚}「今なら、もっと前向きに、会いにいけるんじゃないかって、そう思います」<br />
<3991> \{\m{B}} "........."<br />
// \{\m{B}}「………」<br />
<3992> I wonder...<br />
// そうだろうか…。<br />
<3993> Have I... gotten stronger?<br />
// 俺は…強くなったのだろうか。<br />
<3994> From the day when I ran away?<br />
// あの日、あの場所から逃げ出してきた俺が。<br />
<3995> Maybe I was deceiving myself, so that I wouldn't look at that...<br />
// ただ、それをもう見ないようにと、目を背けてきただけじゃないのか…。<br />
<3996> Besides that, I've been working hard with everything else.<br />
// それ以外のことだったら、なんだって頑張る。<br />
<3997> All for you, Nagisa.<br />
// おまえのために、渚。<br />
<3998> That's why...<br />
// だから…。<br />
<3999> \{Nagisa} "\m{B}-kun,"<br />
// \{渚}「\m{B}くん」<br />
<4000> \{Nagisa} "I'll be with you. I always will be."<br />
// \{渚}「わたしが居ます。ずっとそばに居ます」<br />
<4001> \{Nagisa} "If we're together, we can beat anything."<br />
// \{渚}「ふたりだったら、なんだってがんばれるはずです」<br />
<4002> \{Nagisa} "Am I wrong?"<br />
// \{渚}「違いますか」<br />
<4003> You are<br />
// 違う// goto 4005<br />
<4004> .........<br />
// ………。// goto 4076<br />
<4005> \{\m{B}} "You are."<br />
// \{\m{B}}「違う」<br />
<4006> \{Nagisa} "Eh... I am?"<br />
// \{渚}「え…違いますか」<br />
<4007> \{\m{B}} "I've been doing everything to make you smile and be happy."<br />
// \{\m{B}}「俺は、おまえを笑わせたり、幸せにしたりすることは、なんだって頑張る」<br />
<4008> \{\m{B}} "But, even if I tried with my father, it'd be useless..."<br />
// \{\m{B}}「けど、親父とのことを頑張っても、無意味だ…」<br />
<4009> \{\m{B}} "I'd just feel terrible..."<br />
// \{\m{B}}「俺が嫌な気分になるだけだ…」<br />
<4010> \{\m{B}} "Well? Am I right?"<br />
// \{\m{B}}「違うか？ そうだろ？」<br />
<4011> \{\m{B}} "I'm independent now... I don't need my father."<br />
// \{\m{B}}「もう、俺は自立して…親も必要としない」<br />
<4012> \{\m{B}} "I only need to work as hard as I can for the two of us."<br />
// \{\m{B}}「頑張っていくのは、ふたりのことだけで十分だし、精一杯だ」<br />
<4013> \{Nagisa} "\m{B}-kun, you're stubborn."<br />
// \{渚}「\m{B}くん、頑固です」<br />
<4014> \{\m{B}} "You too..."<br />
// \{\m{B}}「おまえもだろ…」<br />
<4015> This might have been the first time where we put our opinions against each other without pulling back.<br />
// お互いが引かず、意見を主張し合うなんて、初めてのことかもしれなかった。<br />
<4016> \{\m{B}} "You have a good family, so you must think it's simple."<br />
// \{\m{B}}「おまえは、家族で仲がいいから、簡単なことに思えるんだよ」<br />
<4017> \{Nagisa} "I wonder about that..."<br />
// \{渚}「そうでしょうか…」<br />
<4018> \{Nagisa} "It's just that I was thinking that if it was you right now, you could face forward a lot more."<br />
// \{渚}「ただ、わたしは、今の\m{B}くんなら、もっと前向きになれると思っただけです」<br />
<4019> \{Nagisa} "Or maybe I had the wrong idea?"<br />
// \{渚}「見当違いでしたでしょうか」<br />
<4020> \{\m{B}} "You talk pretty well..."<br />
// \{\m{B}}「おまえ…結構言うんだな」<br />
<4021> Words like having the wrong idea or being a letdown really hurt a man's self-respect.<br />
// 見当違いとか、期待はずれとか、そういう言葉は男の自尊心をひどく傷つける。<br />
<4022> \{\m{B}} "You have the wrong idea."<br />
// \{\m{B}}「見当違いだよ」<br />
<4023> Even so, I didn't pull back.<br />
// それでも、俺は引かなかった。<br />
<4024> \{Nagisa} "........."<br />
// \{渚}「………」<br />
<4025> For a while, the two of us were silent.<br />
// しばらくお互い、無言になる。<br />
<4026> There weren't any words even after we finished eating, and while we cleaned up.<br />
// 夕飯を食べ終えて、片づけをしている間も、言葉はなかった。<br />
<4027> Nagisa was seated at the desk. Was she doing her homework?<br />
// 宿題をしているのだろうか、渚は机に向かっていた。<br />
<4028> I looked at her from behind, turning down the TV volume.<br />
// 俺はテレビの音を小さくして、その背中を見つめていた。<br />
<4029> \{\m{B}} (Is she angry...)<br />
// \{\m{B}}（怒ってるのかな…）<br />
<4030> \{\m{B}} (If that's the case, it's a bit rare...)<br />
// \{\m{B}}（だとしたら、珍しいこともあるもんだ…）<br />
<4031> \{\m{B}} "I'm gonna go take a shower."<br />
// \{\m{B}}「先にシャワー浴びてくるな」<br />
<4032> Saying just that, I stood up.<br />
// それだけを言って、俺は立ち上がった。<br />
<4033> Finishing up and returning to the room, Nagisa was seated.<br />
// シャワーを浴び終え、部屋に戻ってきても、渚は机に向かっていた。<br />
<4034> \{\m{B}} "I'm back."<br />
// \{\m{B}}「お先」<br />
<4035> \{Nagisa} "Okay."<br />
// \{渚}「はい」<br />
<4036> She remained looking at her notes, making only that response.<br />
// 返事だけはしたが、ずっとノートに向かったままだった。<br />
<4037> \{Nagisa} "........."<br />
// \{渚}「………」<br />
<4038> Even at ten o'clock, there wasn't any indication of her working.<br />
// １０時を回っても、渚はその場から動く気配がない。<br />
<4039> \{\m{B}} "Hey, Nagisa, it's already ten o'clock. You should go and take a shower."<br />
// \{\m{B}}「おい、渚、もう１０時回ってるんだぞ。先にシャワー浴びておけよ」<br />
<4040> \{Nagisa} "........."<br />
// \{渚}「………」<br />
<4041> \{\m{B}} "Or what, you're not taking one today?"<br />
// \{\m{B}}「それとも、なんだ？ 今日は浴びないのか？」<br />
<4042> \{\m{B}} "You've been sweating, right?"<br />
// \{\m{B}}「汗かいただろ？」<br />
<4043> \{\m{B}} "Is it okay when I hug you after you've sweat?"<br />
// \{\m{B}}「抱きつかれた時に、汗くさくてもいいのか？」<br />
<4044> \{Nagisa} "........."<br />
// \{渚}「………」<br />
<4045> \{\m{B}} "Are you fine with that...?"<br />
// \{\m{B}}「いいのかよ…」<br />
<4046> \{\m{B}} (Are you so stubborn that you'll keep that up until I sleep...?)<br />
// \{\m{B}}（意地張って、俺が眠るまで、そうしてる気かよ…）<br />
<4047> \{Nagisa} "........."<br />
// \{渚}「………」<br />
<4048> What should I do?<br />
// どうすればいいんだろう。<br />
<4049> Should I apologize?<br />
// 謝ればいいのだろうか。<br />
<4050> But, I was just persistent in what I thought was right.<br />
// でも、俺は自分が正しいと思う主張を押し通しただけだ。<br />
<4051> To apologize for that is strange.<br />
// それを謝るなんておかしい。<br />
<4052> But, I want her to face me.<br />
// でも、こっちを向いてほしい。<br />
<4053> I want to talk like we always do.<br />
// いつものように、話がしたい。<br />
<4054> .........<br />
// ………。<br />
<4055> \{\m{B}} "Hey, Nagisa..."<br />
// \{\m{B}}「なぁ、渚…」<br />
<4056> Just at the same time when I didn't know what to do anymore, calling her name weakly...<br />
// もうどうしていいのかわからなくなって、弱々しく名前を呼んだと同時…<br />
<4057> \{Nagisa} "I'm done!"<br />
// \{渚}「できましたっ」<br />
<4058> Nagisa held her notes high.<br />
// 渚がノートを高々と掲げていた。<br />
<4059> \{\m{B}} "Eh...?"<br />
// \{\m{B}}「え…？」<br />
<4060> \{Nagisa} "I've finished all of my homework!"<br />
// \{渚}「宿題全部、片づきました」<br />
<4061> Scrubbing her knees, she faced me, saying that.<br />
// 膝を擦らせてこちらを向くと、そう俺に言った。<br />
<4062> \{Nagisa} "With this, I can go out with you all day, \m{B}-kun."<br />
// \{渚}「これで明日は一日中、\m{B}くんとお出かけできます」<br />
<4063> \{\m{B}} "All day...?"<br />
// \{\m{B}}「お出かけって…」<br />
<4064> \{Nagisa} "Shopping."<br />
// \{渚}「ショッピングです」<br />
<4065> \{Nagisa} "You didn't want to go?"<br />
// \{渚}「行くんじゃなかったんですか」<br />
<4066> \{\m{B}} "W-well... I did say that, didn't I...?"<br />
// \{\m{B}}「あ、ああ…そんなこと言ってたな、俺…」<br />
<4067> I was so relieved, I thought I let out a tear.<br />
// 思わず涙が出るほどに安堵する。<br />
<4068> She wasn't ignoring me. She was only concentrating.<br />
// 無視されてたんじゃなく、ただ、集中していただけなんだ。<br />
<4069> \{Nagisa} "We don't have to buy anything. I'd just like to see the place where swimsuits are sold."<br />
// \{渚}「買ってもらえなくてもいいですので、水着売り場とかゆっくり見たいです」<br />
<4070> \{\m{B}} "No, I'll buy it. I definitely will. I'll buy whatever you wear."<br />
// \{\m{B}}「いや、買う。絶対買ってやる。何着でも買ってやる」<br />
<4071> \{Nagisa} "No way, I'm not going to be wearing any of it, so you don't have to force yourself to buy anything."<br />
// \{渚}「そんな、何着もいらないですし、無理して買うことないです」<br />
<4072> \{\m{B}} "Then, one thing that you like."<br />
// \{\m{B}}「じゃあ、気に入ったのをひとつ」<br />
<4073> \{Nagisa} "Okay... if it's one thing that I like, then I might pester you."<br />
// \{渚}「はい…気に入ったのがあれば、おねだりしてしまうかもしれません」<br />
<4074> \{\m{B}} "Fine, I'll buy that. I definitely will."<br />
// \{\m{B}}「よし、それ買う、絶対に買う」<br />
<4075> \{Nagisa} "All right. I'll ask you then."<br />
// \{渚}「はい、その時はお願いします」// goto 4463<br />
// just a note; if you want lights later, you better not have taken this choice at all<br />
<4076> \{\m{B}} "........."<br />
// \{\m{B}}「………」<br />
<4077> When she puts it that way... I can't tell her she is.<br />
// そう言われると…違うとは言えなかった。<br />
<4078> We want to work hard and conquer every obstacle.<br />
// なんだって、ふたりで頑張りたかった。<br />
<4079> We've been working hard this whole time so...<br />
// ずっと、頑張ってきたんだから…。<br />
<4080> But... have we...<br />
// でも…本当に…<br />
<4081> really become any stronger... if it's the two of us?<br />
// 強くなっていけるのだろうか…ふたりなら。<br />
<4082> Even if... \pit's something like this that can't be helped...?<br />
// こんなにも…\pどうしようもないことでも…。<br />
<4083> \{\m{B}} "Then..."<br />
// \{\m{B}}「じゃあさ…」<br />
<4084> \{\m{B}} "Would you always hold my hand?"<br />
// \{\m{B}}「ずっと、手を繋いでいてくれるか」<br />
<4085> \{Nagisa} "Yes."<br />
// \{渚}「はい」<br />
<4086> \{\m{B}} "If we part... I may run away then."<br />
// \{\m{B}}「離したら…俺はもう、逃げるからな」<br />
<4087> \{Nagisa} "Okay. I won't let go until we come back."<br />
// \{渚}「はい、帰ってくるまで、絶対に離さないです」<br />
<4088> The next morning.<br />
// 翌朝。<br />
<4089> The two of us stood in front of the nameplate labeled '\m{A}'.<br />
// ふたりは、\m{A}、という表札の前に立っていた。<br />
<4090> The place I haven't visited ever since graduating.<br />
// 卒業してから、ずっと訪れていなかった場所。<br />
<4091> And... the first time Nagisa really did come here.<br />
// そして…渚に至っては、本当に初めてだった。<br />
<4092> \{Nagisa} "I'm tense..."<br />
// \{渚}「緊張します…」<br />
<4093> From Nagisa's standpoint, it was a simple situation involving meeting the parent of the boyfriend she's been living with, nothing more.<br />
// 渚からしてみると、同棲している彼氏の親に初めて会う、それ以外の何でもない状況だ。<br />
<4094> Ahh... if only \bthat person\u were a normal parent.<br />
// ああ…あの人が、普通の親だったらよかったのに。<br />
<4095> If that happened, Nagisa would also get along much like I do with pops and Sanae-san... create a new family, and live happily ever after.<br />
// そうすれば渚も、俺がオッサンや早苗さんと仲がいいように…新しい家族が増えたような、楽しい気分になれただろう。<br />
<4096> It was inexcusable to have such a parent that wasn't.<br />
// そうなれない親で、申し訳なかった。<br />
<4097> \{\m{B}} "You're sweating."<br />
// \{\m{B}}「おまえ、汗かいてる」<br />
<4098> \{Nagisa} "Oh, I see..."<br />
// \{渚}「あ、はい…」<br />
<4099> She raises the hand she's holding mine with.<br />
// 繋いだ手をあげる。<br />
<4100> \{\m{B}} "Wanna dry off?"<br />
// \{\m{B}}「乾かそうか」<br />
<4101> \{Nagisa} "No, it's fine."<br />
// \{渚}「いえ、いいです」<br />
<4102> \{Nagisa} "Umm... unless you're feeling bad, \m{B}-kun..."<br />
// \{渚}「その…\m{B}くんさえ、気持ち悪くなければ…」<br />
<4103> \{Nagisa} "Ah, well... even if you are, I won't let go!"<br />
// \{渚}「ああ、いえ…気持ち悪くても離さないですっ」<br />
<4104> She grasped my hand tightly.<br />
// ぎゅっ、と握った手に力を入れた。<br />
<4105> \{\m{B}} "........."<br />
// \{\m{B}}「………」<br />
<4106> \{\m{B}} "Well... \pI'm sorry."<br />
// \{\m{B}}「あのさ…\p悪いな」<br />
<4107> \{Nagisa} "Eh?"<br />
// \{渚}「え？」<br />
<4108> \{\m{B}} "To make you feel pressured just from seeing my father..."<br />
// \{\m{B}}「彼氏の親に会うってだけでも、プレッシャーなのにさ…」<br />
<4109> \{\m{B}} "I'm also bringing a problem here..."<br />
// \{\m{B}}「俺も、問題抱えてて…」<br />
<4110> \{\m{B}} "And I didn't want to come see him either..."<br />
// \{\m{B}}「それも、見てないといけなくてさ…」<br />
<4111> \{Nagisa} "No, that's completely fine."<br />
// \{渚}「いえ、ぜんぜん平気です」<br />
<4112> \{Nagisa} "Ah, well... meeting your father is what's tense."<br />
// \{渚}「ああ、いえ…\m{B}くんのお父さんに会うのは緊張します」<br />
<4113> \{Nagisa} "About how you like a girl like me..."<br />
// \{渚}「こんな子で、気に入ってもらえるかなって…」<br />
<4114> \{Nagisa} "But it really makes me happy that you can endure being with me in regards to your problem."<br />
// \{渚}「ですが、\m{B}くんの問題は、わたしも一緒になって努力できることが、とてもうれしいです」<br />
<4115> \{Nagisa} "Ah, well... saying it makes me happy is rude."<br />
// \{渚}「ああ、いえ…うれしいと言っては失礼でした」<br />
<4116> \{\m{B}} "No, it's fine."<br />
// \{\m{B}}「いや、いいよ」<br />
<4117> \{\m{B}} "I can understand that."<br />
// \{\m{B}}「その気分、わかるし」<br />
<4118> \{\m{B}} "I had those feelings ever since I met you, after all."<br />
// \{\m{B}}「おまえと出会ってからは、ずっと俺、そんな気持ちでいたからな」<br />
<4119> \{Nagisa} "Is that so...? Then I'm glad."<br />
// \{渚}「そうですか…なら、よかったです」<br />
<4120> \{Nagisa} "Then let's go, \m{B}-kun."<br />
// \{渚}「では、行きましょう、\m{B}くん」<br />
<4121> \{\m{B}} "Yeah."<br />
// \{\m{B}}「ああ」<br />
<4122> My father was sleeping lifelessly in the living room.<br />
// 親父は、居間で何も体にかけずに寝入っていた。<br />
<4123> \{Nagisa} "Has he always been sleeping over there?"<br />
// \{渚}「いつも、こんなところで寝てらっしゃるんでしょうか」<br />
<4124> \{\m{B}} "Yeah."<br />
// \{\m{B}}「ああ」<br />
<4125> \{Nagisa} "He'll catch a cold."<br />
// \{渚}「風邪、引いてしまいます」<br />
<4126> \{\m{B}} "He's used to it."<br />
// \{\m{B}}「慣れてるんだよ、この人は」<br />
<4127> \{\m{B}} "Hey, father."<br />
// \{\m{B}}「おい、親父」<br />
<4128> I shake his shoulder.<br />
// 俺はその肩を揺すった。<br />
<4129> \{Father} "Mmm..."<br />
// \{親父}「ん…」<br />
<4130> He cleared his throat, and then opened his eyes.<br />
// 喉が鳴った。続いて目が開いた。<br />
<4131> \{Father} "Ahh..."<br />
// \{親父}「あぁ…」<br />
<4132> \{Father} "That be you, \m{B}-kun...?"<br />
// \{親父}「\m{B}くんじゃないか…」<br />
<4133> Moving his body, he then moved to a kneeling position.<br />
// 体を起こし、膝を立てて座った。<br />
<4134> \{Nagisa} "Umm, nice to meet you!"<br />
// \{渚}「あの、はじめましてっ」<br />
<4135> Nagisa deeply bowed to my father, facing him.<br />
// その親父に向かって、渚が深々と頭を下げていた。<br />
<4136> \{Father} "Eh...?"<br />
// \{親父}「え…」<br />
<4137> Someone other than me was in the house. This was a situation that never happened once before.<br />
// 俺以外の誰かがこの家にいる。それは、かつてない状況だった。<br />
<4138> But after the moment my father was surprised, he immediately fell calm.<br />
// でも親父は一瞬驚いた後、すぐ落ち着きを取り戻してみせた。<br />
<4139> \{Father} "Are you... \m{B}-kun's friend?"<br />
// \{親父}「\m{B}くんの…お友達かい」<br />
<4140> \{Nagisa} "Yes... I'm Furukawa Nagisa."<br />
// \{渚}「はい…わたし、古河渚と言います」<br />
<4141> \{Nagisa} "We're close friends from school... in the same year."<br />
// \{渚}「\m{B}くんとは、高校で、同じ学年で…親しくしてもらってました」<br />
<4142> \{Father} "Oh... \wait{1000}how about now?"<br />
// \{親父}「ああ…\p今は？」<br />
<4143> \{Nagisa} "Now... umm... well..."<br />
// \{渚}「今は…ええと…その…」<br />
<4144> I showed him the hands that we were holding.<br />
// 俺は繋いでいた手を親父の目の前に突きつけた。<br />
<4145> \{\m{B}} "We're going out."<br />
// \{\m{B}}「付き合ってる」<br />
<4146> \{Father} "Oh... \wait{1000}you finally did as well, \m{B}-kun..."<br />
// \{親父}「ほぅ…\p\m{B}くんも、ついに…」<br />
<4147> \{Father} "I'm glad, I'm glad..."<br />
// \{親父}「それは、よかったよかった」<br />
<4148> What a hateful smile...<br />
// なんて、嫌みな笑みなのだろう…。<br />
<4149> \{Nagisa} "The two of us are living together."<br />
// \{渚}「今は、ふたりで暮らしてます」<br />
<4150> \{Father} "Where at?"<br />
// \{親父}「どこにだい？」<br />
<4151> \{Nagisa} "It's an apartment close by. I'll guide you there."<br />
// \{渚}「近くのアパートです。今度、案内します」<br />
<4152> Don't.<br />
// やめてくれ。<br />
<4153> \{Father} "An apartment... wouldn't it be small?"<br />
// \{親父}「アパート…狭いんじゃないのかい？」<br />
<4154> \{Nagisa} "It might be small, but it doesn' thave to be wide."<br />
// \{渚}「狭いかもしれないですが、広くなんてなくていいです」<br />
<4155> \{Nagisa} "The space we have right now is enough."<br />
// \{渚}「今の広さで十分です」<br />
<4156> \{Father} "Renting at first is painful, isn't it?"<br />
// \{親父}「最初のうちは、家賃もきついだろ」<br />
<4157> ... you think you know what you're talking about?<br />
// …あんたに何がわかるって言うんだ。<br />
<4158> \{Father} "This house is rented though but... you can use it if you need to. There are rooms left over."<br />
// \{親父}「この家は借家だけどね…遠慮なく使ったらいい。部屋なら余っている」<br />
<4159> \{Nagisa} "No... that's too much."<br />
// \{渚}「いえ…贅沢すぎます」<br />
<4160> \{Nagisa} "We left the house, so that we'd work hard with our own power."<br />
// \{渚}「わたしたち、自分たちの力だけでがんばろうって、家を出たんです」<br />
<4161> \{Nagisa} "That said... I'm grateful you offered, but we'll have to turn it down."<br />
// \{渚}「ですから…ありがたいお話ですけど、甘えられないです」<br />
<4162> \{Father} "I see..."<br />
// \{親父}「そうかい…」<br />
<4163> \{Father} "You can come any time. In troubling times, you can tell me."<br />
// \{親父}「いつでもいい。辛くなったら、言っておいで」<br />
<4164> \{Nagisa} "Thank you so much."<br />
// \{渚}「ありがとうございます」<br />
<4165> Nagisa looked at my face.<br />
// 渚が俺の顔を見た。<br />
<4166> ... he's a nice person.<br />
// …とてもいい人です。<br />
<4167> That's what her eyes tell me.<br />
// その目がそう言っていた。<br />
<4168> That's why I expected what she'd say next.<br />
// だから、次言おうとしたことが予想できた。<br />
<4169> \{Nagisa} "Umm... \m{A}-san,"<br />
// \{渚}「あの…お父さん」<br />
<4170> Nagisa so called my father.<br />
// 渚が親父をそう呼んだ。<br />
<4171> \{Father} "Hmm?"<br />
// \{親父}「うん？」<br />
<4172> \{Nagisa} "I apologize, to have been... keeping \m{B}-kun away for all this time."<br />
// \{渚}「\m{B}くんを…ずっと連れ出したままで、ごめんなさいです」<br />
<4173> \{Father} "It's okay..."<br />
// \{親父}「いや…」<br />
<4174> \{Nagisa} "It might have been painful for you."<br />
// \{渚}「辛いのは、お父さんのほうかもしれないです」<br />
<4175> \{Nagisa} "That's why..."<br />
// \{渚}「ですから…」<br />
<4176> Don't say it...<br />
// 言うな…<br />
<4177> ... I'll always bring \m{B}-kun with me.<br />
// …いつでも\m{B}くんを連れてきます。<br />
<4178> Don't say that.<br />
// それは言わないでくれ。<br />
<4179> I tightened my grip on Nagisa's hand.<br />
// 俺はぎゅっ、と渚の手を強く握りしめていた。<br />
<4180> \{Nagisa} "........."<br />
// \{渚}「………」<br />
<4181> Nagisa stopped... \pclosing her eyes.<br />
// 渚は口を開いたまま…\p止まっていた。<br />
<4182> \{Nagisa} "Ah... well..."<br />
// \{渚}「ああ…その…」<br />
<4183> \{Nagisa} "I'm... really sorry."<br />
// \{渚}「本当…ごめんなさいです」<br />
<4184> ... she picked up what I felt.<br />
// …思いは通じた。<br />
<4185> \{Father} "Well... you don't have to apologize like that..."<br />
// \{親父}「いや…そんな謝ってもらわなくとも…」<br />
<4186> \{Father} "I'm happy that we're meeting like this."<br />
// \{親父}「こうして会いにきてもらえただけでも、うれしいから」<br />
<4187> \{Nagisa} "Okay." // it doesn't exactly seems correct for the context<br />
// \{渚}「はい」<br />
<4188> \{Father} "Really, you can..."<br />
// \{親父}「うん、本当…」<br />
<4189> \{Father} "come at any time."<br />
// \{親父}「いつでも来たらいい」<br />
<4190> \{Nagisa} "Okay, thank you very much."<br />
// \{渚}「はい、ありがとうございます」<br />
<4191> And from there, we continued on to trivial topics.<br />
// そこからは、当たり障りのない話題が続く。<br />
<4192> Like stuff about how vacant land's being used up, how the area around us has changed a little bit, etc.<br />
// 裏の空き地もなくなって、この辺りも少しずつ変わっていってるとか、そんな内容だった。<br />
<4193> Nagisa perservered to make things favorable, and all I did was listen in.<br />
// 渚は根気よく相づちを打ち、俺は隣で聞いているだけだった。<br />
<4194> \{Father} "\m{B}-kun?"<br />
// \{親父}「\m{B}くん？」<br />
<4195> \{\m{B}} "Eh...?"<br />
// \{\m{B}}「え…？」<br />
<4196> He suddenly talked to me.<br />
// いきなり話を振られていた。<br />
<4197> \{Father} "\m{B}-kun... you've been eating her cooking every day, haven't you?"<br />
// \{親父}「\m{B}くんは…毎日、この子の手料理を食べているんだってね」<br />
<4198> He repeated himself.<br />
// そう言い直した。<br />
<4199> \{\m{B}} "Y-yeah..."<br />
// \{\m{B}}「あ、ああ…」<br />
<4200> \{Father} "I'm envious. I've always been eating take-out food."<br />
// \{親父}「うらやましい。私はいつも店屋物だから」<br />
<4201> \{Nagisa} "Umm... it'll be noon very shortly, so how about I make some?"<br />
// \{渚}「あの…もうすぐお昼ですから、作りましょうか」<br />
<4202> \{Nagisa} "Okay?"<br />
// \{渚}「ね」<br />
<4203> I gave her a glance, telling her that much was fine.<br />
// これぐらいいいですよね、と俺にも目配せした。<br />
<4204> To be sitting at a dining table with my father gave me the shivers.<br />
// 親父と食卓を囲むなんて、ぞっとした。<br />
<4205> Besides, how many years had it been?<br />
// そもそも何年ぶりになるだろう。<br />
<4206> But, if I can put up with this, I'll just sit without making eye contact and finish this.<br />
// でも、これを耐えれば、しばらく顔を合わせずに済む。<br />
<4207> That was the attitude I promised Nagisa earlier.<br />
// それはさっき、渚が態度で約束してくれていた。<br />
<4208> \{\m{B}} "Yeah..."<br />
// \{\m{B}}「ああ…」<br />
<4209> That's why I thought I should hang on.<br />
// だから、我慢しようと思った。<br />
<4210> Nagisa opened the refrigerator.<br />
// 冷蔵庫を開く渚。<br />
<4211> \{Nagisa} "There's nothing here."<br />
// \{渚}「何もないです」<br />
<4212> \{\m{B}} "Guess we'll have to go and buy something."<br />
// \{\m{B}}「やっぱ買ってこないと駄目か」<br />
<4213> \{Nagisa} "Yes."<br />
// \{渚}「はい」<br />
<4214> \{Nagisa} "Are you coming?"<br />
// \{渚}「一緒に来てくれますか」<br />
<4215> \{\m{B}} "Of course."<br />
// \{\m{B}}「もちろん」<br />
<4216> Leaving my father, we headed off for the grocery store.<br />
// 親父をひとり残し、俺たちはスーパーへ買い物に出た。<br />
<4217> It had been an hour by the time we got back.<br />
// 戻ってきた時には、すでに一時を回っていた。<br />
<4218> \{Nagisa} "We were a bit slow. I'll make it quickly."<br />
// \{渚}「遅くなってしまいました。急いで作りますので」<br />
<4219> \{Father} "It's fine, I'll be patient."<br />
// \{親父}「いいよ、気長に待ってるから」<br />
<4220> She went past my father, returning to the kitchen.<br />
// 親父の前を駆け抜け、台所に戻る。<br />
<4221> \{Nagisa} "Will you also help, \m{B}-kun?"<br />
// \{渚}「\m{B}くんも、手伝ってくれますか」<br />
<4222> \{\m{B}} "Yeah, I'll help but..."<br />
// \{\m{B}}「ああ、手伝うけどさ…」<br />
<4223> \{\m{B}} "Are we gonna do this like this?"<br />
// \{\m{B}}「このままでやるの？」<br />
<4224> How long have we been holding hands exactly?<br />
// 俺は何時間も繋いだままでいる、手を持ち上げてみせた。<br />
<4225> \{Nagisa} "Yes."<br />
// \{渚}「はい」<br />
<4226> \{\m{B}} "My left hand's pinned down, and your right hand holding the kitchen knife will be juggling around."<br />
// \{\m{B}}「俺の左手で押さえつけて、おまえの右手の包丁でさばく」<br />
<4227> \{Nagisa} "We can do this well."<br />
// \{渚}「うまくやりましょう」<br />
<4228> \{\m{B}} "We'll definitely get injured!"<br />
// \{\m{B}}「絶対、怪我するよっ！」<br />
<4229> \{Nagisa} "Really?"<br />
// \{渚}「そうでしょうか」<br />
<4230> \{\m{B}} "Oh, whatever. I lose. Let go, so you can handle it the way you need to."<br />
// \{\m{B}}「もう、いい。俺の負け。離すから、ぞんぶんさばいてくれ」<br />
<4231> \{Nagisa} "I'm not letting go."<br />
// \{渚}「離さないです」<br />
<4232> \{\m{B}} "I won't run away."<br />
// \{\m{B}}「逃げないから」<br />
<4233> \{Nagisa} "It has nothing to do with that."<br />
// \{渚}「そんなの関係ないです」<br />
<4234> \{\m{B}} "If you don't, my left hand'll be in trouble."<br />
// \{\m{B}}「離してくれないと、俺の左手が危険だ」<br />
<4235> \{Nagisa} "I see... then it can't be helped."<br />
// \{渚}「そうですか…だったら、仕方がないです」<br />
<4236> \{\m{B}} "I'll hold you from the back instead."<br />
// \{\m{B}}「その代わり、腰持っててやるから」<br />
<4237> \{Nagisa} "If you do that, I'll get injured!"<br />
// \{渚}「そんなとこ持たれたら、わたしが怪我しますっ」<br />
<4238> \{\m{B}} "I'm joking, I'm joking. I'll watch you right from behind."<br />
// \{\m{B}}「うそ、うそ。すぐ後ろで見守っててやるから」<br />
<4239> \{Nagisa} "Then I'm relieved."<br />
// \{渚}「だったら、安心です」<br />
<4240> \{\m{B}} "Okay, let go."<br />
// \{\m{B}}「じゃ、離すぞ」<br />
<4241> \{Nagisa} "Okay."<br />
// \{渚}「はい」<br />
<4242> Pain ran through my fingers as I opened them. Was it bent the entire time?<br />
// ずっと指を曲げていたためか、開くだけで痛みが走るほどだった。<br />
<4243> My palm finally had a breath of fresh air.<br />
// ようやく手のひらが外気に触れる。<br />
<4244> The sweat from the two of us cooled off.<br />
// ふたりぶんの汗が冷たくなっていく。<br />
<4245> \{Nagisa} "Well then, I'll be starting."<br />
// \{渚}「それでは、始めます」<br />
<4246> \{\m{B}} "Yeah, good luck."<br />
// \{\m{B}}「おう、頑張れ」<br />
<4247> While staring at Nagisa from behind, I heard a voice from afar.<br />
// 食卓の椅子に座ってぼーっと渚の後ろ姿を見ていたら、遠くから話し声が聞こえてきた。<br />
<4248> Did he turn on the TV?<br />
// テレビでもつけたのだろうか。<br />
<4249> Then I heard another sound.<br />
// さらに聞き耳を立てる。<br />
<4250> A voice mixed with my father's.<br />
// 親父の声が混じっていた。<br />
<4251> \{\m{B}} (A guest...?)<br />
// \{\m{B}}（客か…？）<br />
<4252> I peep in. There was an unknown man. They happened to look my way.<br />
// 覗いてみる。ちょうど俺と向かい合う格好で、見知らぬ男が立っていた。<br />
<4253> \{Man} "Good afternoon."<br />
// \{男}「こんにちは」<br />
<4254> He bowed to me.<br />
// そいつが俺に頭を下げた。<br />
<4255> \{Father} "Mm... \m{B}-kun,"<br />
// \{親父}「ん…\m{B}くん」<br />
<4256> My father looked back at me, seated on the floor.<br />
// 床に座り込んだままの親父も、俺を振り返った。<br />
<4257> \{Father} "This is Shijou-san."<br />
// \{親父}「こちら、四條さん」<br />
<4258> \{Father} "My co-worker."<br />
// \{親父}「私の、仕事仲間だよ」<br />
<4259> Co-worker...<br />
// 仕事仲間…。<br />
<4260> From before? Or someone new?<br />
// 昔のだろうか、新しい人だろうか。<br />
<4261> If it's a co-worker from before, then I'll have faith in that.<br />
// 昔の仕事仲間なら、信用できた。<br />
<4262> As far as I know, there shouldn't have been anyone bad.<br />
// 俺の知る限り、悪い人はいなかったはずだ。<br />
<4263> A drinking friend from when he was triumphant and full of energy.<br />
// 活気あった時代の武勇伝を語り合うだけの呑み仲間だった。<br />
<4264> But if it's a new co-worker, then I definitely wouldn't.<br />
// けど、新しい仕事仲間だというなら、絶対に信用できない。<br />
<4265> The way my father is now, he shouldn't be able to tell who's good or bad.<br />
// 今の親父に、相手を善人か悪人かなんて、判断できるはずがないからだ。<br />
<4266> If he's come with some profitable discussion, without a doubt he'd take it suspecting little to nothing.<br />
// うまく儲け話を持ちかけられれば、疑いもせず乗ってしまうに違いなかった。<br />
<4267> \{\m{B}} "What job?"<br />
// \{\m{B}}「仕事って、なんのだよ」<br />
<4268> \{Father} "An antique store."<br />
// \{親父}「古物商だよ」<br />
<4269> I never heard anything like that.<br />
// 聞いたことがなかった。<br />
<4270> \{\m{B}} "Go away."<br />
// \{\m{B}}「帰れ」<br />
<4271> I declared with a low voice.<br />
// 俺は低い声で、言い放っていた。<br />
<4272> \{Man} "Eh...?"<br />
// \{男}「え…？」<br />
<4273> \{Father} "\m{B}-kun, this person's a good man."<br />
// \{親父}「\m{B}くん、この人はね、いい人なんだよ」<br />
<4274> \{\m{B}} "I said go away."<br />
// \{\m{B}}「帰れって言ってんだよ」<br />
<4275> I repeated that, ignoring my father's words.<br />
// 親父の言葉なんて無視して、繰り返した。<br />
<4276> \{Man} "Y-yeah..."<br />
// \{男}「あ、ああ…」<br />
<4277> \{Man} "I'll come another time, \m{A}-san."<br />
// \{男}「\m{A}さん、また、今度来るよ」<br />
<4278> \{\m{B}} "Don't come again!"<br />
// \{\m{B}}「二度とくんなっ」<br />
<4279> \{\m{B}} "I'll beat the shit out of you if you do!"<br />
// \{\m{B}}「次俺が見たら、叩き出してやるからなっ」<br />
<4280> \{Father} "........."<br />
// \{親父}「………」<br />
<4281> My father was dumbfounded, seeing him off.<br />
// 親父は呆然と男の背を見送っていた。<br />
<4282> \{\m{B}} "Hey..."<br />
// \{\m{B}}「なぁ…」<br />
<4283> \{\m{B}} "Have you talked to your old co-workers?"<br />
// \{\m{B}}「昔の仕事仲間に、相談したか」<br />
<4284> \{Father} "Yes..."<br />
// \{親父}「うん…」<br />
<4285> \{\m{B}} "Really?"<br />
// \{\m{B}}「本当かっ」<br />
<4286> \{Father} "No... not yet..."<br />
// \{親父}「いや…まだだった…」<br />
<4287> \{\m{B}} "........."<br />
// \{\m{B}}「………」<br />
<4288> I said nothing for the remainder of my anger.<br />
// 怒りのあまり、言葉が出ない…。<br />
<4289> \{Father} "But you know... I thought I might get lucky or something so..."<br />
// \{親父}「でもね…そろそろ運が向いてくるんじゃないかってね…」<br />
<4290> \{Father} "I haven't had anything good come in so long..."<br />
// \{親父}「ずっと、いいことなかったからね…」<br />
<4291> \{Father} "This time, really..."<br />
// \{親父}「今度こそ、本当に…」<br />
<4292> I grab his shoulder.<br />
// その肩をひっ掴む。<br />
<4293> \{\m{B}} "Something important like that isn't decided through a gut feeling, you idiot!"<br />
// \{\m{B}}「そんな大事なこと、勘なんかで決めるな、馬鹿っ！」<br />
<4294> \{\m{B}} "Your gut feeling over your ridiculous luck...!"<br />
// \{\m{B}}「あんたのどうしようもない運や勘なんかでっ…」<br />
<4295> \{\m{B}} "I don't know what the hell you think of me but...!"<br />
// \{\m{B}}「あんたは、俺のことをどう思ってるか知らないけどなっ…」<br />
<4296> \{\m{B}} "Even I'm not so stupid as to let myself roam around so miserably...!"<br />
// \{\m{B}}「俺だって、そんな自覚なんてさらさらねぇけどなっ…」<br />
<4297> \{\m{B}} "Because you see...!"<br />
// \{\m{B}}「でもなっ…」<br />
<4298> \{\m{B}} "I'm your goddamn family!"<br />
// \{\m{B}}「俺はあんたの家族なんだよっ！」<br />
<4299> \{Father} "........."<br />
// \{親父}「………」<br />
<4300> We stopped for a while.<br />
// しばらく、止まったままでいた。<br />
<4301> He put his hand to his chin.<br />
// 顎に手を当てた。<br />
<4302> And then then brushed his unshaven face.<br />
// そして、無精ひげを撫でた。<br />
<4303> \{Father} "\m{B}-kun..."<br />
// \{親父}「\m{B}くん…」<br />
<4304> \{Father} "Come on, today..."<br />
// \{親父}「今日はほら…」<br />
<4305> \{Father} "Your girlfriend came so..."<br />
// \{親父}「女の子も来てくれてることだし…」<br />
<4306> What...?<br />
// なんだ…？<br />
<4307> Is that your excuse now?<br />
// それが今の、言い訳か？<br />
<4308> An excuse to get away from the fact you can't tell your real family?<br />
// 家族だと言われて、肯定できない言い訳か？<br />
<4309> \{\m{B}} "........."<br />
// \{\m{B}}「………」<br />
<4310> I want to hit something, I don't care what.<br />
// なんでもいい。殴りつけたい。<br />
<4311> The wall or the glass will do.<br />
// 壁でも、窓ガラスでもいい。<br />
<4312> Throw a punch<br />
// 殴りつける// goto 4314<br />
<4313> Deal with it<br />
// 堪える// goto 4352<br />
<4314> I swung my arm.<br />
// 腕を振るった。<br />
<4315> Clatter, a large sound.<br />
// ガシャン、と大きな音がした。<br />
<4316> I don't remember too well what happened afterward.<br />
// その後のことはよく覚えていない。<br />
<4317> The back of my hand was hot.<br />
// 手の甲が熱かった。<br />
<4318> Nagisa embraced me.<br />
// 渚に抱きしめられていた。<br />
<4319> \{Nagisa} "\m{B}-kun, you can't...!"<br />
// \{渚}「\m{B}くん、ダメですっ…」<br />
<4320> \{Nagisa} "You'll cut your hand...!"<br />
// \{渚}「手、切っちゃってますっ…」<br />
<4321> \{Nagisa} "You have to go and see a hospital...!"<br />
// \{渚}「病院行かないとダメですっ…」<br />
<4322> The scenery changed.<br />
// 場面が変わった。<br />
<4323> A familiar hallway.<br />
// 見慣れない廊下。<br />
<4324> Yeah...<br />
// ああ…<br />
<4325> I came from this abominable place, didn't I...?<br />
// 俺はあの忌まわしい場所から、抜け出せたのか…。<br />
<4326> I was relieved with just that.<br />
// それだけで、ほっとした。<br />
<4327> Nagisa was with me.<br />
// 隣に渚がいた。<br />
<4328> And always will.<br />
// いつだっていた。<br />
<4329> Looking at my hand, there was a white bandage wrapped around.<br />
// 手をあげてみると、白い包帯が巻かれていた。<br />
<4330> I look down at the lower half of my body.<br />
// 下半身を見下ろす。<br />
<4331> Blood had stained my trousers.<br />
// ズボンには、血が固まってこびりついていた。<br />
<4332> Nagisa looked at me all the while. It felt like she said I had to have them washed up.<br />
// それを見つめている俺に渚が、洗わないと、と言った気がした。<br />
<4333> \{Nagisa} "\m{B}-kun, do you want to take a bath?"<br />
// \{渚}「\m{B}くん、お風呂、入れますか」<br />
<4334> \{Nagisa} "Just your body, so that your hand doesn't get in?"<br />
// \{渚}「手、つけないで、体だけ洗いますか」<br />
<4335> \{Nagisa} "It might be difficult, so I'll help."<br />
// \{渚}「難しいようなら、手伝います」<br />
<4336> \{\m{B}} "Well... my body's hot, so it'll be bad."<br />
// \{\m{B}}「いや…体、温めたら、まずいだろ」<br />
<4337> \{Nagisa} "Then, how about just your legs?"<br />
// \{渚}「では、足だけでも洗いましょう」<br />
<4338> \{\m{B}} "I guess."<br />
// \{\m{B}}「そうだな」<br />
<4339> I had been always calm ever since coming back to the apartment...<br />
// 家に戻ってきてからは、ずっと冷静な振りをしていたけど…<br />
<4340> It really felt like Nagisa was about to cry.<br />
// 本当は、渚に泣きつきたい気分だった。<br />
<4341> Even though she didn't hate my father...<br />
// 渚は親父のこと嫌ってなかったのに…<br />
<4342> Even though she had prepared lunch...<br />
// ご飯の用意までしてくれてたのに…<br />
<4343> It was all my fault it had all gone to ruin...<br />
// すべて、俺のせいで台無しにして…<br />
<4344> Even so, Nagisa wanted to cry, being beside me.<br />
// それでも、隣に居てくれる渚に、泣きつきたかった。<br />
<4345> I wanted her to know how much I had regretted that.<br />
// こんなにも俺は後悔しているんだと知ってほしかった。<br />
<4346> And then... I comforted her, telling her it was fine.<br />
// そして…もう、いいから、と慰めてほしかった。<br />
<4347> But...<br />
// でも…<br />
<4348> That was being naive.<br />
// それは、甘えているだけだった。<br />
<4349> I turned around in the darkness towards Nagisa's back.<br />
// 渚に背を向けるようにして、暗闇の中で寝返りをうつ。<br />
<4350> \{\m{B}} (In the end... I've always been running like this... haven't I...?)<br />
// \{\m{B}}（ああ、結局は…こうして逃げ続けていくんだ…俺は…）<br />
<4351> Dealing with the pain on my own... I spent the night without sleep.<br />
// ひとりで痛みに耐えながら…俺は眠れない夜を過ごした。// goto 4463<br />
// by the way, picking this choice means you're screwed too<br />
<4352> I closed my eyes.<br />
// 俺は目を閉じてみる。<br />
<4353> And take a deep breath to cool off.<br />
// 息を落ち着ける。<br />
<4354> \{\m{B}} (Nagisa...)<br />
// \{\m{B}}（渚…）<br />
<4355> \{\m{B}} (... Nagisa...\p Nagisa...)<br />
// \{\m{B}}（…渚…\p渚…）<br />
<4356> I repeatedly called her name in my mind.<br />
// その名を心の中で、連呼した。<br />
<4357> \{\m{B}} (I'll be calm soon, okay... Nagisa...)<br />
// \{\m{B}}（もう少しで落ち着けるからな…渚…）<br />
<4358> My trembling hand...<br />
// 震えていた手…<br />
<4359> \{\m{B}} "........."<br />
// \{\m{B}}「………」<br />
<4360> It was enveloped in the warmth of someone else's.<br />
// それが温かな別の手に、包まれていた。<br />
<4361> \{Nagisa} "What's wrong, \m{B}-kun?"<br />
// \{渚}「どうしましたか、\m{B}くん」<br />
<4362> Ahh... I really...<br />
// ああ…本当に…<br />
<4363> did calm down in an instant.<br />
// 一瞬で、気持ちが落ち着いてしまう。<br />
<4364> \{Nagisa} "\m{B}-kun, there was yelling just now."<br />
// \{渚}「\m{B}くん、大きな声出してました」<br />
<4365> \{\m{B}} "Oh...\p it's nothing."<br />
// \{\m{B}}「いや…\pなんでもない」<br />
<4366> \{Nagisa} "Then, I'd like for you to help me."<br />
// \{渚}「では、\m{B}くん。手伝ってほしいです」<br />
<4367> \{Nagisa} "Something difficult just came up."<br />
// \{渚}「ちょっと、大変なところに差しかかりますので」<br />
<4368> \{\m{B}} "Okay..."<br />
// \{\m{B}}「ああ…」<br />
<4369> Understanding the situation, I was grateful that Nagisa took me away.<br />
// 状況を悟って、この場から連れ出してくれた渚に感謝した。<br />
<4370> After that, my father and I didn't exchange any words.<br />
// その後、俺と親父は一言も会話を交わさずに過ごした。<br />
<4371> I only talked with Nagisa.<br />
// ただ、渚と世間話をした。<br />
<4372> It had been many years since we sat at the dining table for a meal, but...<br />
// 何年ぶりかに囲む、食卓だったけど…<br />
<4373> That wasn't a family meal.<br />
// そこは家族の食卓じゃなかった。<br />
<4374> It was just one of those meals that acquaintances happen to have...<br />
// ただ、顔見知りが集まっただけの…<br />
<4375> Even more, it was unpleasant, like the relationship between them wasn't that strong...<br />
// それも、あまり親交が深くない人たちの、ちょっと気まずいような…<br />
<4376> ... that kind of meal.<br />
// …そんな食卓だった。<br />
<4377> On the way back.<br />
// 帰り。<br />
<4378> \{Nagisa} "You hung in there, \m{B}-kun."<br />
// \{渚}「\m{B}くん、今日はがんばりました」<br />
<4379> \{\m{B}} "I didn't do anything, though..."<br />
// \{\m{B}}「なんもしてねぇけど…」<br />
<4380> \{Nagisa} "You did by coming."<br />
// \{渚}「いえ、会いに来ました」<br />
<4381> \{Nagisa} "And you were there until the end."<br />
// \{渚}「そして、最後まで居ました」<br />
<4382> \{\m{B}} "I guess... since I've always been running away..."<br />
// \{\m{B}}「まぁな…ずっと逃げてたからな…俺…」<br />
<4383> \{Nagisa} "I think this much is fine."<br />
// \{渚}「わたしは、こんなのでもいいと思います」<br />
<4384> \{Nagisa} "If only it weren't so, strange."<br />
// \{渚}「疎遠にさえ、ならなければ」<br />
<4385> \{\m{B}} "Like that there wasn't any family...?"<br />
// \{\m{B}}「家族でさえ、なくてもか…？」<br />
<4386> \{\m{B}} "Didn't you say so before... that even if separated, somehow we could communicate...?"<br />
// \{\m{B}}「おまえ、昔に言ったじゃないか…離れていても、どこかで通じ合っていればいいって…」<br />
<4387> \{\m{B}} "No one communicated to anyone."<br />
// \{\m{B}}「どこも通じていない」<br />
<4388> \{\m{B}} "Not even... in the heart."<br />
// \{\m{B}}「心のどこも…通じ合っていないんだよ」<br />
<4389> \{\m{B}} "Even so, is that fine?"<br />
// \{\m{B}}「それでもいいのか」<br />
<4390> \{Nagisa} "Well, the last thing I meant was... that it wasn't strange at all."<br />
// \{渚}「いえ、その最後のつながりが…疎遠にならないこと、だと思います」<br />
<4391> Is that related...?\p Even now?<br />
// 繋がっているのか…\p今も。<br />
<4392> \{Nagisa} "Even the neighbors talk about how boys leave the house and only come back on New Year's."<br />
// \{渚}「男の子なんて、家を出てしまうと、正月ぐらいしか帰ってこなくなるものだと、近所の人も言っていました」<br />
<4393> \{\m{B}} "........."<br />
// \{\m{B}}「………」<br />
<4394> If she's really speaking of thinking it's fine to go once or twice a year...<br />
// もし、本当に一年に一度や二度でいいと言うなら…<br />
<4395> In that case, it feels like I could put up with it.<br />
// だったら、耐えられそうな気がした。<br />
<4396> Because if I gained the power to face forward, even a little, then I'd feel that I've been saved.<br />
// そしてそれが、少しでも前向きな姿勢にとってもえるなら、救われる思いだ。<br />
<4397> Because... I've always been running away.<br />
// ずっと…いつだって、逃げていた俺だったから。<br />
<4398> I didn't want Nagisa to see that me.<br />
// 渚には、そんな姿、見られたくなかった。<br />
<4399> But, in the end... Nagisa was beside me, so...<br />
// でも、結局は…その渚が隣に居てくれるから、だけど…。<br />
<4400> \{\m{B}} "Nagisa..."<br />
// \{\m{B}}「渚…」<br />
<4401> \{\m{B}} "I sometimes get afraid."<br />
// \{\m{B}}「俺はときどき恐くなるんだよ」<br />
<4402> \{Nagisa} "About?"<br />
// \{渚}「何がでしょうか」<br />
<4403> \{\m{B}} "When I'm thinking about the meaning of my life."<br />
// \{\m{B}}「生きる意味を考えるとさ」<br />
<4404> \{Nagisa} "The meaning of your life?"<br />
// \{渚}「生きる意味、ですか」<br />
<4405> \{\m{B}} "Yeah..."<br />
// \{\m{B}}「ああ…」<br />
<4406> \{\m{B}} "I was able to meet you, Nagisa."<br />
// \{\m{B}}「俺は、渚に出会うことができた」<br />
<4407> \{\m{B}} "And... now I'm able to be with you."<br />
// \{\m{B}}「そして…渚と一緒に居ることができた」<br />
<4408> \{\m{B}} "See... if I'm with you, and can make you happy, then that makes me happy."<br />
// \{\m{B}}「俺はさ…おまえと一緒にいて、おまえを幸せにできれば、幸せなんだ」<br />
<4409> \{\m{B}} "No matter how painful my work becomes, I'll sweat it off and continue working."<br />
// \{\m{B}}「どれだけ仕事がキツくても、汗だくになって働き続ける」<br />
<4410> \{\m{B}} "And when I come back home, you're there."<br />
// \{\m{B}}「そして、家に帰ってきたら、おまえがいる」<br />
<4411> \{\m{B}} "Everyday, those days are my one and only happiness."<br />
// \{\m{B}}「そんな毎日が、俺の唯一の幸せなんだ」<br />
<4412> \{\m{B}} "That's why I think that's my meaning of life."<br />
// \{\m{B}}「だから、それが俺の生きる意味なんだと思う」<br />
<4413> \{\m{B}} "But, I also think that just happened to happen."<br />
// \{\m{B}}「でもそれは、ただツイていただけなんじゃないか、って思う」<br />
<4414> \{\m{B}} "If I were never to have met you, what would I be doing right now...?"<br />
// \{\m{B}}「もし、渚と出会ってなかったら俺は今、どうしてただろう…」<br />
<4415> \{\m{B}} "For what reason would I be living for...?"<br />
// \{\m{B}}「どんな目標を持って、生きてただろう」<br />
<4416> \{\m{B}} "In such a family... with such a terrible bond..."<br />
// \{\m{B}}「あんな家庭で…あんな親しかいなくて…」<br />
<4417> \{\m{B}} "I wouldn't have any friends after I graduate..."<br />
// \{\m{B}}「卒業したら、友達もいなくなって…」<br />
<4418> \{\m{B}} "Even the people that work hard..."<br />
// \{\m{B}}「一緒に頑張れる奴も…」<br />
<4419> \{\m{B}} "I wouldn't be working hard for any of them..."<br />
// \{\m{B}}「こいつのために、頑張ろうなんて奴もいなくて…」<br />
<4420> \{\m{B}} "Exactly what would I be living on...?"<br />
// \{\m{B}}「何を糧に暮らしてただろう…」<br />
<4421> \{\m{B}} "Other than living with you, Nagisa, I don't think I hold any meaning to my life."<br />
// \{\m{B}}「今の俺からしたら、渚と一緒に暮らす以外に、生きる意味なんて持てなかったと思う」<br />
<4422> \{\m{B}} "That's why I'm afraid..."<br />
// \{\m{B}}「だから、恐いんだよ…」<br />
<4423> \{\m{B}} "It's like saying that we met by fate..."<br />
// \{\m{B}}「出会いは仕組まれた運命とか言うけどさ…」<br />
<4424> \{\m{B}} "I don't believe in such a thing."<br />
// \{\m{B}}「俺、そんなもの信じないから」<br />
<4425> \{\m{B}} "That's why I think it was fortune."<br />
// \{\m{B}}「結局は運なんだと思う」<br />
<4426> \{\m{B}} "It was good luck that brought me to you."<br />
// \{\m{B}}「今の俺は渚と出会えて幸運だった」<br />
<4427> \{\m{B}} "Thinking that, it feels like there's no universal meaning to my life."<br />
// \{\m{B}}「そう考えると、普遍的な生きる意味なんてない気がする」<br />
<4428> \{Nagisa} "........."<br />
// \{渚}「………」<br />
<4429> \{Nagisa} "At that time... I think someone else will be with you, \m{B}-kun."<br />
// \{渚}「その時は…別の誰かが、\m{B}くんのそばに居たと思います」<br />
<4430> \{\m{B}} "Really...?"<br />
// \{\m{B}}「そうだろうか…」<br />
<4431> \{\m{B}} "I think I'd be alone."<br />
// \{\m{B}}「俺はひとりだったと思う」<br />
<4432> \{\m{B}} "It's because it's you, that you want to be with me."<br />
// \{\m{B}}「おまえだから、一緒に居たいと思ったんだ」<br />
<4433> \{\m{B}} "Particularly you from before. You were saying that, weren't you?"<br />
// \{\m{B}}「別におまえの前だからって、いいように言ってるんじゃない」<br />
<4434> \{\m{B}} "At the time, I was like that."<br />
// \{\m{B}}「あの時の俺は、そうだったんだ」<br />
<4435> \{\m{B}} "Though as I grow older, I may think differently about it..."<br />
// \{\m{B}}「歳を取ったら、また考え方が変わったのかもしれないけど…」<br />
<4436> \{\m{B}} "Even so, I'm sure if I never met you, then I would be alone."<br />
// \{\m{B}}「それでもたぶん、渚と出会ってなかったら、今はひとりだったと思う」<br />
<4437> \{\m{B}} "And...\p my father would trouble me..."<br />
// \{\m{B}}「それで…\p親父のことで悩んで…」<br />
<4438> \{\m{B}} "I'd be at a loss, having even no support..."<br />
// \{\m{B}}「支えもなく、途方に暮れていたんじゃないかな…」<br />
<4439> And then, when I discover that I have no meaning to my life, what would happen?<br />
// そして、生きる意味もないと悟った俺は、どうなっていただろうか。<br />
<4440> The root of my fears is within that.<br />
// 恐怖の根元はそこにある。<br />
<4441> I felt like the vague, massive existence called "living" was swallowing up the small existence called "me".<br />
// 生きる、というあまりに漠然とした質量の存在が、小さな俺という存在を飲み込んでいく気がした。<br />
<4442> It would be overwhelming... not something I would resist.<br />
// それは、圧倒的で…抗いようもない。<br />
<4443> Even if I shouted alone, it'd be useless.<br />
// ひとり叫んでも、無駄なのだ。<br />
<4444> Even strong willpower would not reach.<br />
// 大きな意志には届きようもない。<br />
<4445> \{\m{B}} "Hey, Nagisa, could I come over there...?"<br />
// \{\m{B}}「なぁ、渚、そっちに行っていいか…」<br />
<4446> \{Nagisa} "Ah, sure... go ahead."<br />
// \{渚}「あ、はい…どうぞ」<br />
<4447> I left my futon, and slipped into Nagisa's.<br />
// 俺は自分の布団から抜けだし、渚の隣に潜り込んだ。<br />
<4448> The warmth of her body was cozy.<br />
// 渚の体温で温かかった。<br />
<4449> For a while, we looked at each other in the darkness, without touching each other.<br />
// しばらく触れもせず、暗闇の中で、互いの顔を見つめ合った。<br />
<4450> And then in the end, I hugged her.<br />
// それから、結局、俺は渚を抱きしめた。<br />
<4451> Pulling her small back in with both my arms.<br />
// その小さな背中に両腕を回して、引き寄せた。<br />
<4452> Our chests touching together was warm.<br />
// 胸と胸が合わさる。温かい。<br />
<4453> Our faces touched, our noses brushing against each other.<br />
// 額と額も当てる。鼻も触れさせ合う。<br />
<4454> A pleasant scent came from her.<br />
// 渚のいい匂いがした。<br />
<4455> I'm being supported by something this small but, just hugging her like this calms me like a child.<br />
// 俺の支えはこんなにも小さかったけど、抱きしめているだけで子供のように安心できた。<br />
<4456> Yes, I met someone such as her.<br />
// そう、俺はそんな存在に出会えた。<br />
<4457> I was lucky.<br />
// 運が良かった。<br />
<4458> But, this was reality.<br />
// それは、事実だ。<br />
<4459> I'll stop, and not think too deeply about this anymore.<br />
// 受け止めて、そのことはもう深く考えないようにしよう。<br />
<4460> And after that, all that's left is to continue protecting her.<br />
// そして、後はただ、その存在を守り続ける。<br />
<4461> I'll just think that and live on.<br />
// そのことだけを考えて生きていこう。<br />
<4462> That's what I thought.<br />
// そう思った。<br />
<4463> Passing through the middle of July, the days became warm and humid.<br />
// ７月も半ばを過ぎると、蒸し暑い日が多く続くようになった。<br />
<4464> The setting sun lit the room up at evening, bringing steep and high temperatures.<br />
// 夕方になると、西日も強くなり、部屋の温度は急上昇する。<br />
<4465> Nagisa prepared dinner like that. I figured she was tired from the heat, so I went out to a junkyard and picked up an electric fan.<br />
// このままでは夕飯の支度をする渚が、暑さで辛い思いをすることになると思って、休みの日に扇風機を探しにゴミ捨て場へと出かけた。<br />
<4466> There would be a lot of people lined up buying one before the heat wave came, and so I was able to find one without much trouble.<br />
// 本格的な夏が来る前に買い換える人が多いのだろう、そう苦労もせず、完動品を見つけだすことができた。<br />
<4467> It blew, could hang, and everything was working. Wherever our hands could reach, it could as well, so it filled its function well.<br />
// 風力を替えるのも、首を振らせるのも、すべて手動だったけど、どこだって手を伸ばせば届くような部屋だから、それだけの機能で十分だった。<br />
<4468> It was placed in a corner of the room.<br />
// 部屋の片隅に設置する。<br />
<4469> \{\m{B}} "Just this makes the room suddenly feel so small..."<br />
// \{\m{B}}「これだけで、部屋が急に狭くなった気がするな…」<br />
<4470> \{Nagisa} "But, it feels like summer's come. It's somehow elegant."<br />
// \{渚}「でも、夏が来たって気がします。なんだか風流です」<br />
<4471> \{\m{B}} "You're saying it."<br />
// \{\m{B}}「それは言えるな」<br />
<4472> She pushes the switch and turns it around.<br />
// スイッチを入れて、回してみる。<br />
<4473> \{Nagisa} "It's really cool."<br />
// \{渚}「すごく涼しいです」<br />
<4474> She brings it close to her face, fluttering her forelocks.<br />
// 渚が顔を近づけて、前髪をはためかせる。<br />
<4475> \{\m{B}} "But, I guess I really do want an air conditioner."<br />
// \{\m{B}}「でも、やっぱ、クーラーも欲しいよな」<br />
<4476> \{Nagisa} "The fan is enough."<br />
// \{渚}「いえ、扇風機だけで十分です」<br />
<4477> \{\m{B}} "It'll just keep getting hotter, you know."<br />
// \{\m{B}}「これからどんどん暑くなるんだぞ？」<br />
<4478> \{Nagisa} "It's fine. There have been times back at home where we didn't use cooling either."<br />
// \{渚}「大丈夫です。実家にいるときも、そんなに冷房は使ってませんでしたので」<br />
<4479> \{\m{B}} "But, the setting sun is pretty strong on this room."<br />
// \{\m{B}}「でも、この部屋…西日が強いからな」<br />
<4480> \{Nagisa} "It's fine. I can deal with it."<br />
// \{渚}「大丈夫です。我慢できます」<br />
<4481> \{\m{B}} "You sure?"<br />
// \{\m{B}}「本当か？」<br />
<4482> \{Nagisa} "Yes, I am."<br />
// \{渚}「はい。本当です」<br />
<4483> \{\m{B}} "Well, if it gets hot, you can go in your underwear."<br />
// \{\m{B}}「ま、暑かったら、パンツ一枚になってればいいか」<br />
<4484> \{Nagisa} "No I won't!"<br />
// \{渚}「ならないですっ」<br />
<4485> \{Nagisa} "I'll wear normal clothing, with an apron, and make dinner that way!"<br />
// \{渚}「ちゃんと服着て、エプロン付けて、夕ご飯作ります」<br />
<4486> \{\m{B}} "The fan's blowing a pretty strong wind."<br />
// \{\m{B}}「強風で扇風機回してな」<br />
<4487> \{Nagisa} "It's not strong, but it is blowing."<br />
// \{渚}「強風では回さないですけど、回させていただきます」<br />
<4488> \{\m{B}} "Don't waste electricity, okay?"<br />
// \{\m{B}}「電気代、けちんなよ」<br />
<4489> \{Nagisa} "Okay."<br />
// \{渚}「はい」<br />
<4490> And then, summer's true arrival.<br />
// そして、本格的な夏の到来。<br />
<4491> I worked, sweating a waterfall.<br />
// 滝のような汗を流しながら、働いた。<br />
<4492> On that day, work even finished up early.<br />
// その日は、仕事も早く片づいていた。<br />
<4493> \{Boss} "\m{A}-kun, Yoshino-kun,"<br />
// \{親方}「\m{A}くんと、芳野くん」<br />
<4494> The boss called us, just as we finished changing our clothes.<br />
// 着替え終えたところで、親方から声をかけられた。<br />
<4495> \{Boss} "I've got something to talk about. Is that fine?"<br />
// \{親方}「ちょっと話があるんだけど、いいかな」<br />
<4496> \{\m{B}} "Ah, sure. What might it be?"<br />
// \{\m{B}}「あ、はい。なんでしょうか」<br />
<4497> Yoshino-san nodded silently.<br />
// 芳野さんは、黙って頷くだけだった。<br />
<4498> \{Boss} "Well, have a seat."<br />
// \{親方}「ま、かけてよ」<br />
<4499> \{\m{B}} "Okay."<br />
// \{\m{B}}「はい」<br />
<4500> The three of us faced each other, taking a seat.<br />
// 三人、向かい合わせに座る。<br />
<4501> \{Boss} "Well you see, \m{A}-kun,"<br />
// \{親方}「ええとね、\m{A}くん」<br />
<4502> \{\m{B}} "Yes?"<br />
// \{\m{B}}「はい」<br />
<4503> He began talking, looking at me.<br />
// 親方は俺のほうを見て、話し始める。<br />
<4504> \{Boss} "See, my old collagues are going to be heading a department at our parent company."<br />
// \{親方}「わたしのね、古い同僚の人間なんだがね、今は元請の会社で部長をやってるんだ」<br />
<4505> \{\m{B}} "Huh."<br />
// \{\m{B}}「はぁ」<br />
<4506> \{Boss} "They're looking for someone who can supervise them."<br />
// \{親方}「そいつがね、現場を監督できる人間を探してるんだよ」<br />
<4507> \{\m{B}} "Huh."<br />
// \{\m{B}}「はぁ」<br />
<4508> \{Boss} "Of course, not saying that you'd immediately become a site foreman, but you're one to watch and learn, \m{A}."<br />
// \{親方}「勿論、\m{A}くんが今すぐに現場監督になれるわけじゃないけど、見習いという形でね」<br />
<4509> \{Boss} "You'll be treated as a full-time employee, so your wage will go up, as well as job security."<br />
// \{親方}「待遇は正社員だから今より給料も上がるし、保障もあるから」<br />
<4510> The boss put up this amount into the computer and showed it to me.<br />
// 親方はこれくらい、と計算機を叩いて見せてくれた。<br />
<4511> \{\m{B}} "Woah, that's amazing."<br />
// \{\m{B}}「はあ、すごいっすね」<br />
<4512> It was 1.5 times my salary.<br />
// 俺の給料の１．５倍近くあった。<br />
<4513> \{Boss} "That's a far off large company for you."<br />
// \{親方}「そりゃここより遙かに大きい会社だしね」<br />
<4514> \{Boss} "Well? You feel like giving it a shot?"<br />
// \{親方}「どうだろう。いってみる気はないかい」<br />
<4515> \{\m{B}} "Eh...?\p Do you mean me?"<br />
// \{\m{B}}「え…？\p 俺っすか？」<br />
<4516> \{Yoshino} "He's talking to you, isn't he?"<br />
// \{芳野}「だから、おまえに話してるんだろ」<br />
<4517> \{\m{B}} "But what about you, Yoshino-san...?"<br />
// \{\m{B}}「でも、芳野さんは…？」<br />
<4518> \{Yoshino} "I can't."<br />
// \{芳野}「俺は駄目だ」<br />
<4519> \{\m{B}} "No way, he was talking about something so good too, wasn't he?"<br />
// \{\m{B}}「そんな、これってものすごくいい話じゃないっすか」<br />
<4520> \{Yoshino} "Yeah, he is."<br />
// \{芳野}「そうだな」<br />
<4521> \{\m{B}} "Then you should go, Yoshino-san. They are talking about needing a site foreman."<br />
// \{\m{B}}「なら、芳野さんが行くべきですよ。現場監督を欲しいって話じゃないですか」<br />
<4522> \{\m{B}} "If it were you, you'd be at least capable of supervising anywhere."<br />
// \{\m{B}}「芳野さんだったら、どこでも監督できるくらい実力もあるし」<br />
<4523> \{Yoshino} "No, this is where you should be going."<br />
// \{芳野}「いや、ここはおまえが行くべきだ」<br />
<4524> Yoshino-san yielded.<br />
// 芳野さんは譲らなかった。<br />
<4525> It wasn't the usual angry voice he had, but a gentler one.<br />
// いつもの怒鳴り声ではなく、穏やかな声で。<br />
<4526> \{Yoshino} "I'd like for this company to grow."<br />
// \{芳野}「俺はこの会社を大きくしていきたいと思ってる」<br />
<4527> \{Yoshino} "And the boss has his obligations."<br />
// \{芳野}「それに親方には恩義があるしな」<br />
<4528> \{\m{B}} "Why me, though?"<br />
// \{\m{B}}「でも、何で俺なんすか」<br />
<4529> \{Yoshino} "Don't get the wrong idea. You're not going in my stead or anything."<br />
// \{芳野}「勘違いするなよ。おまえを俺の代わりにってわけじゃない」<br />
<4530> \{Yoshino} "You've got much better memory than I do, and you're strong in numbers. You're not a person who should only be working in the field."<br />
// \{芳野}「\m{A}は俺なんかと違って物覚えは早いし、計数にも強い。現場だけの人間じゃないんだ」<br />
<4531> \{Yoshino} "You're not a person who would end his entire life doing subcontracts."<br />
// \{芳野}「おまえは一生下請けの現場で終わるようなタマじゃない」<br />
<4532> \{Yoshino} "I wonder about when the time comes for you to pick things up, but you lived up to my expectations."<br />
// \{芳野}「拾ってきたときはどうなるかと思ったが、おまえは俺の期待に応えてくれた」<br />
<4533> \{Yoshino} "So to speak, you've beaten the expectations that the boss and I have of you."<br />
// \{芳野}「それどころか、俺や親方の期待や思いなんか越えて成長した」<br />
<4534> \{Yoshino} "If you go to the parent company, the scale of work will increase. Your salary will increase, and your living will be better."<br />
// \{芳野}「元請に行けば、現場の規模も大きくなる。給料も増えるし、生活も楽になる」<br />
<4535> \{Yoshino} "You'll have more things to do."<br />
// \{芳野}「やれることが増えるんだ」<br />
<4536> \{Yoshino} "You still have potential. I don't want to waste that here."<br />
// \{芳野}「おまえにはまだまだ可能性がある。それをここだけで潰したくない」<br />
<4537> \{\m{B}} "But, I want to be working with you and the boss..."<br />
// \{\m{B}}「でも、俺は芳野さんと、親方と一緒に働きたいって…」<br />
<4538> \{Boss} "That's not it, \m{A}-kun. Though we're grateful that you say that."<br />
// \{親方}「それは違うよ、\m{A}くん。そう言ってくれるのは有り難いけどね」<br />
<4539> Was the boss flattered? He rubbed his nose as he said that. // literally shy, maybe "shy" is better but you get the idea<br />
// 親方は照れたのか、鼻をかきながら言った。<br />
<4540> \{Boss} "I was also the one who recommended you to Yoshino."<br />
// \{親方}「僕も最初は芳野に勧めたんだ。どうかってね」<br />
<4541> \{Boss} "And the one who said, 'Let \m{A} go and do it', was Yoshino."<br />
// \{親方}「そしたら『\m{A}に行かしてやってくれ』って言ったのが、芳野なんだよ」<br />
<4542> \{Boss} "I was surprised at first, but when we talked, I also felt the same way."<br />
// \{親方}「最初は驚いたけど、話を聞いたら僕もそう思った」<br />
<4543> Saying just that, the boss looked at Yoshino-san.<br />
// それだけ言って、親方は芳野さんを見た。<br />
<4544> \{Yoshino} "I'm not really sociable, and other than technique, I have nothing worthwhile."<br />
// \{芳野}「俺は人付き合いは下手だし、技術以外には取り柄なんかない」<br />
<4545> \{Yoshino} "Sure, I've gotten used to being a worker, but supervising is more difficult."<br />
// \{芳野}「職人にはなれるかもしれないが、監督は難しいと思う」<br />
<4546> \{Yoshino} "That's why I thought you should become one."<br />
// \{芳野}「だからおまえになってほしいって思ってる」<br />
<4547> \{Yoshino} "Go and study, and hurry and turn into a supervisor."<br />
// \{芳野}「行って、勉強して、監督になってこい」<br />
<4548> \{Yoshino} "I'll wait for the day where I work under you, \m{A}."<br />
// \{芳野}「俺は、\m{A}の下で仕事ができる日を待ってる」<br />
<4549> \{\m{B}} "N-no way..."<br />
// \{\m{B}}「そ、そんな…」<br />
<4550> I bowed my head, as if I were embarrassed.<br />
// 俺は照れたように、顔を伏せた。<br />
<4551> I have no idea what kind of face I should be putting on.<br />
// どんな顔をしていいかわからなかったのだ。<br />
<4552> I was genuinely happy, being praised... being recognized.<br />
// 褒められたことが…認められたことが、純粋に嬉しかった。<br />
<4553> To have grown into such a person...<br />
// 俺がそんな人間に成長してたなんて…<br />
<4554> From the time when I was one to refuse hanging out with others back in my student days...<br />
// あんなに、人間付き合いを拒絶し続けてた学生時代の俺から…<br />
<4555> People change this much, don't they?<br />
// こんなにも、変わっていけるんだ、人は。<br />
<4556> That was also thanks to him.<br />
// それはあいつのおかげでもあった。<br />
<4557> The face of the one I love came to mind.<br />
// 俺は大好きな人の顔を思い浮かべていた。<br />
<4558> \{\m{B}} (The sound of the cicadas is loud...)<br />
// \{\m{B}}（すげぇ、セミの声…）<br />
<4559> \{\m{B}} (Well, there's a lot of trees here, so that's obvious...)<br />
// \{\m{B}}（ま、これだけ木があるんだから、当たり前か…）<br />
<4560> All of the students looked at me with suspicion.<br />
// 何人もの生徒が、俺の姿を訝しげに見ていった。<br />
<4561> It's obvious when you're dressed up in slightly dirty clothing, with all the students giving you looks on the way home.<br />
// 薄汚れた作業着姿で、下校していく生徒をじろじろと見ているのだから、当然だった。<br />
<4562> Besides, I was happy and optimistic, so I didn't really care about that at all.<br />
// それでも、今の俺は嬉しさが先走って、そんなことはどうでもよくなっていた。<br />
<4563> That's why when I saw Nagisa, I ignored everyone's looks, and rushed to her.<br />
// だから、渚の姿が見えた直後、周りの目も気にせず、駆けだしていた。<br />
<4564> \{\m{B}} "Nagisa!"<br />
// \{\m{B}}「渚っ」<br />
<4565> \{Nagisa} "Ah... \m{B}-kun, what's wrong?"<br />
// \{渚}「あ…\m{B}くん、どうしましたか」<br />
<4566> \{\m{B}} "Listen up, I've got really good news."<br />
// \{\m{B}}「聞いてくれ、とてもいい話なんだ」<br />
<4567> \{Nagisa} "Wait a second, I'm/we're still in the school." // change based on graphics later<br />
// \{渚}「ちょっと待ってください、ここまだ、学校の中です」<br />
<4568> \{\m{B}} "Don't worry about something like that."<br />
// \{\m{B}}「いいじゃないか、そんなこと、どうでも」<br />
<4569> \{Nagisa} "Calm down, \m{B}-kun. I'm not going anywhere."<br />
// \{渚}「落ち着いてください、\m{B}くん。わたしはどこにも行かないです」<br />
<4570> \{Nagisa} "I'll always be with you."<br />
// \{渚}「ずっと、\m{B}くんのそばにいます」<br />
<4571> With a smile, she pinned down my stray feelings.<br />
// 笑顔で、俺の逸った気持ちを抑えた。<br />
<4572> Even so, the pace at which Nagisa walked was slow.<br />
// それでも渚の歩くペースに合わせるのはもどかしい。<br />
<4573> \{\m{B}} "If I hold on any longer, I'm gonna have a nosebleed."<br />
// \{\m{B}}「これ以上我慢してたら、鼻血が出そうだぞ」<br />
<4574> \{Nagisa} "You won't."<br />
// \{渚}「出ないです」<br />
<4575> And she/we finally left the school gates. // change based on graphics later<br />
// ようやく、校門を出た。<br />
<4576> \{Nagisa} "Okay, I've/we've left the school. I'll listen." // change based on graphics later<br />
// \{渚}「はい、学校を出ました。聞かせてください」<br />
<4577> \{\m{B}} "Hmm, let's see..."<br />
// \{\m{B}}「うーん、そうだな…」<br />
<4578> \{\m{B}} "Just telling you is kinda wasteful."<br />
// \{\m{B}}「ただで聞かせてやるのはもったいないなぁ」<br />
<4579> Instead of telling, I irritated her.<br />
// 待たされた代わりに、焦らしてやる。<br />
<4580> \{Nagisa} "\m{B}-kun, you're saying the same thing my dad says."<br />
// \{渚}「\m{B}くん、お父さんと同じこと言ってます」<br />
<4581> \{\m{B}} "Geh... are you serious?"<br />
// \{\m{B}}「げ…マジか」<br />
<4582> \{Nagisa} "Dad's always playing like that."<br />
// \{渚}「お父さん、いつもそうやって、遊びます」<br />
<4583> \{\m{B}} "You listen up now, you hear?"<br />
// \{\m{B}}「今すぐ聞け、聞いてくれ」<br />
<4584> \{Nagisa} "Yes, please, do tell."<br />
// \{渚}「はい、教えてください」<br />
<4585> \{\m{B}} "You know, I kinda hate being on the receiving end..."<br />
// \{\m{B}}「つーのも、なんか填められた気がして嫌だな…」<br />
<4586> \{Nagisa} "You really are just like dad."<br />
// \{渚}「やっぱりお父さん、そっくりです」<br />
<4587> \{\m{B}} "Listen, damn it!"<br />
// \{\m{B}}「聞け、この野郎」<br />
<4588> \{Nagisa} "The way you talked was also just like dad."<br />
// \{渚}「今の言い方も、お父さんそっくりです」<br />
<4589> \{\m{B}} "Guahhh! How the hell should I talk?!"<br />
// \{\m{B}}「ぐあーっ、どうしろって言うんだよっ！」<br />
<4590> \{Nagisa} "You're becoming more and more like him."<br />
// \{渚}「ますます似てきました」<br />
<4591> \{\m{B}} "I'm going home."<br />
// \{\m{B}}「帰る」<br />
<4592> \{Nagisa} "Yes, let's do."<br />
// \{渚}「はい、帰りましょう」<br />
<4593> \{\m{B}} "Don't follow!"<br />
// \{\m{B}}「ついてくるなっ」<br />
<4594> \{Nagisa} "The apartment we're going to is the same."<br />
// \{渚}「帰る家は、同じです」<br />
<4595> \{\m{B}} "I see... that's true, huh..."<br />
// \{\m{B}}「そっか…そうだったな」<br />
<4596> \{\m{B}} "Damn it!"<br />
// \{\m{B}}「くそっ」<br />
<4597> \{Nagisa} "Let's talk on the way home."<br />
// \{渚}「お話しながら帰りましょう」<br />
<4598> She walked beside me.<br />
// 渚が横に並ぶ。<br />
<4599> \{\m{B}} "Tch, fine. I'll tell you."<br />
// \{\m{B}}「ちっ、わかったよ。話してやる」<br />
<4600> I gave up.<br />
// 俺は観念する。<br />
<4601> \{Nagisa} "Okay, I'm listening."<br />
// \{渚}「はい、聞きたいです」<br />
<4602> \{\m{B}} "The boss from my workplace had some really good news."<br />
// \{\m{B}}「仕事場の親方から、とってもいい話をいただいたんだ」<br />
<4603> \{Nagisa} "What kind?"<br />
// \{渚}「どんなですか」<br />
<4604> \{\m{B}} "Old colleagues of his are going to be heading a construction company."<br />
// \{\m{B}}「昔の同僚が建設会社の部長さんをやってるらしいんだ」<br />
<4605> \{Nagisa} "I see."<br />
// \{渚}「はい」<br />
<4606> \{\m{B}} "At some point, they'll be looking for someone to supervise them."<br />
// \{\m{B}}「それでゆくゆく現場の監督できる人間を探してるらしい」<br />
<4607> \{\m{B}} "As a company employee."<br />
// \{\m{B}}「社員雇用でな」<br />
<4608> \{Nagisa} "Eh...?"<br />
// \{渚}「え…」<br />
<4609> \{Nagisa} "Could it be, that you, \m{B}-kun...?"<br />
// \{渚}「もしかして、それに\m{B}くん…」<br />
<4610> \{\m{B}} "Yeah. I was recommended."<br />
// \{\m{B}}「ああ。推薦してくれるって」<br />
<4611> \{Nagisa} "Really? That's such wonderful news!"<br />
// \{渚}「本当ですか。とても素敵なお話です」<br />
<4612> \{Nagisa} "That's really nice."<br />
// \{渚}「うれしいです」<br />
<4613> \{\m{B}} "Even I'm happy about it."<br />
// \{\m{B}}「俺だって、嬉しいよ」<br />
<4614> \{Nagisa} "Isn't that great, \m{B}-kun?"<br />
// \{渚}「よかったです、\m{B}くん」<br />
<4615> \{\m{B}} "Yeah, it is."<br />
// \{\m{B}}「ああ、良かった」<br />
<4616> \{\m{B}} "I didn't think my break would come this early."<br />
// \{\m{B}}「こんなに早くさ、そんなチャンスが来るとは思わなかった」<br />
<4617> \{Nagisa} "It's because you've been working hard!"<br />
// \{渚}「\m{B}くん、がんばってましたから」<br />
<4618> \{\m{B}} "No, I still have a ways to go..."<br />
// \{\m{B}}「いや、まだまだだけどさ…」<br />
<4619> \{\m{B}} "Even so, something like this is pretty nice..."<br />
// \{\m{B}}「それでも、こんないいこともあるんだな…」<br />
<4620> \{Nagisa} "I'm so glad for you!"<br />
// \{渚}「本当によかったです」<br />
<4621> It was as if Nagisa was delighted about herself.<br />
// 自分のことのように喜んでくれる渚。<br />
<4622> I think it's okay, seeing that.<br />
// その姿を見られただけでも、よかったと思う。<br />
<4623> \{Nagisa} "Today's dinner is a little on the luxurious side. Is that fine?"<br />
// \{渚}「今日の晩ご飯は、ちょっと豪勢にしてしまいます。いいですかっ」<br />
<4624> \{\m{B}} "Obviously I think it'll be fine but... well, I guess if it's a little, then yeah."<br />
// \{\m{B}}「決まってからのほうがいいと思うけど…ま、ちょっとだけなら、いいかな」<br />
<4625> \{Nagisa} "Then, I'll go and spend a little more while getting some things."<br />
// \{渚}「では、ちょっとだけ奮発して、買い物してしまいます」<br />
<4626> \{\m{B}} "Yeah. We'll have a toast after."<br />
// \{\m{B}}「ああ。後、祝杯もあげよう」<br />
<4627> \{Nagisa} "Is juice okay?"<br />
// \{渚}「ジュースでいいですかっ」<br />
<4628> \{\m{B}} "You know... I'm a working adult."<br />
// \{\m{B}}「おまえな…俺は、社会人だぞ？」<br />
<4629> \{Nagisa} "How old are you?"<br />
// \{渚}「\m{B}くん、いくつでしたか」<br />
<4630> \{\m{B}} "18..."<br />
// \{\m{B}}「１８だけど…」<br />
<4631> \{Nagisa} "You're a minor then."<br />
// \{渚}「未成年です」<br />
<4632> \{\m{B}} "Even though I am, I'm not in school anymore. Just ignore that."<br />
// \{\m{B}}「未成年でも、もう学生じゃないんだ、目をつぶれよ」<br />
<4633> \{Nagisa} "You can't!"<br />
// \{渚}「ダメです」<br />
<4634> \{\m{B}} "Guahh!!!"<br />
// \{\m{B}}「ぐあぁーっ」<br />
<4635> \{Nagisa} "Even if you yell, you can't!"<br />
// \{渚}「叫んでもダメです」<br />
<4636> \{\m{B}} "Toast!"<br />
// \{\m{B}}「かんぱーいっ」<br />
<4637> Clink.<br />
// ちんっ。<br />
<4638> The sound of the glass touching echoed in the six half-mat room.<br />
// グラスを合わせる音が六畳半の部屋に響く。<br />
<4639> \{Nagisa} "You'll also be satisfied with this, \m{B}-kun."<br />
// \{渚}「\m{B}くんも、これで満足です」<br />
<4640> Champagne with 0.2% alcohol was poured into the glass.<br />
// グラスに注がれているものは、アルコール分０．２％のシャンパン。<br />
<4641> \{Nagisa} "Even a minor can drink if it's just this."<br />
// \{渚}「これだったら、未成年でも飲めます」<br />
<4642> \{\m{B}} "I'll just get drunk over fifty shots..."<br />
// \{\m{B}}「５０本飲んで、意地でも酔ってやる…」<br />
<4643> \{Nagisa} "You won't eat dinner if you take that much."<br />
// \{渚}「お腹いっぱいになって、ご飯が食べられなくなります」<br />
<4644> \{\m{B}} "I'll try."<br />
// \{\m{B}}「頑張るよ」<br />
<4645> \{Nagisa} "You mustn't!"<br />
// \{渚}「そんなことがんばっちゃダメです」<br />
<4646> \{Nagisa} "It's such a waste to give up this cooking."<br />
// \{渚}「せっかくの料理がもったいないです」<br />
<4647> My eyes fall on the low dining table.<br />
// ちゃぶ台に目を移す。<br />
<4648> There was a big pork cutlet, garnished with cabbage.<br />
// そこにはたっぷりの千切りキャベツが添えられた大きなトンカツ。<br />
<4649> \{Nagisa} "This is the best meat they have at the grocery store, so I think it's very soft."<br />
// \{渚}「スーパーでは最高級のお肉ですので、とても柔らかいと思います」<br />
<4650> Looking at it, I remembered.<br />
// それを見ると思い出す。<br />
<4651> \{\m{B}} "Oh yeah, it was also pork cutlet when I was at your house for the first time, wasn't it?"<br />
// \{\m{B}}「そういや、おまえん家に初めていったときも、トンカツだったよな」<br />
<4652> \{Nagisa} "Ah... now that you mention it, it was."<br />
// \{渚}「あ…そういえばそうです」<br />
<4653> \{Nagisa} "The meat might also have been the same."<br />
// \{渚}「お肉も、おんなじかもしれないです」<br />
<4654> \{\m{B}} "The amount of cabbage piled up here is pretty much the same."<br />
// \{\m{B}}「キャベツの千切りも同じぐらいの山だったよ」<br />
<4655> \{Nagisa} "There's a lot of it, so it should be delicious."<br />
// \{渚}「たくさん付け合わせたほうが、おいしいですから」<br />
<4656> \{Nagisa} "Have it like this, with the sauce over it..."<br />
// \{渚}「こうやって、一緒にソースかけて」<br />
<4657> Everything that was done to it was the same.<br />
// やることまで全部、同じ。<br />
<4658> Looking at it, it brought me a smile.<br />
// 見ていて、微笑ましかった。<br />
<4659> Even though we're living in such worse conditions than before, we were more at ease.<br />
// あの頃より、ずっと大変な生活になっているのに、あの頃より、ずっと安らいでいる。<br />
<4660> On that day, I should have felt uncomfortable.<br />
// あの日は、違和感さえ覚えていたはずだ、俺は。<br />
<4661> On such a relaxing and calm day.<br />
// こんな心休まる穏やかな日常に。<br />
<4662> But, I'll be moving on through such days from now on.<br />
// でも、今は、こんな日常があるからこそ、前に進んでいける。<br />
<4663> After we finished cleaning up, Nagisa sat at the table alone.<br />
// 後片づけをふたりで終えると、渚はひとり、机に向かう。<br />
<4664> \{\m{B}} "Homework?"<br />
// \{\m{B}}「宿題か？」<br />
<4665> \{Nagisa} "Yes, it's two courses worth."<br />
// \{渚}「はい、二科目も出てしまいました」<br />
<4666> \{\m{B}} "I see..."<br />
// \{\m{B}}「そっか…」<br />
<4667> \{\m{B}} "Want me to help?"<br />
// \{\m{B}}「手伝おうか？」<br />
<4668> \{Nagisa} "I don't want to cheat."<br />
// \{渚}「ズルはダメです」<br />
<4669> \{\m{B}} "I see... cheating, huh?"<br />
// \{\m{B}}「そっか…ズルか」<br />
<4670> \{Nagisa} "Yes. I have to do this alone."<br />
// \{渚}「はい。ひとりでやらないとダメです」<br />
<4671> I thought that we'd share that happiness today until we went to sleep, but it seems it won't.<br />
// 今日は寝るまで、ふたりで喜びを分かち合っていたいと思ったのだが、そうもいかないようだった。<br />
<4672> I was watching TV at a low volume behind Nagisa, who was studying.<br />
// 勉強する渚の後ろで、音量を小さくしてテレビを見ていた。<br />
<4673> \{\m{B}} (This isn't interesting...)<br />
// \{\m{B}}（面白くない…）<br />
<4674> \{\m{B}} (Ahh... watching TV like this probably ended the day full of happiness today, hasn't it...?)<br />
// \{\m{B}}（ああ…このままテレビを見て、今日という喜びに満ちた日が終わってしまうのだろうか…）<br />
<4675> I look over at Nagisa.<br />
// 渚を振り返る。<br />
<4676> She was doing her homework, without looking aside.<br />
// 脇目も振らず宿題をしていた。<br />
<4677> Hug her from behind<br />
// 後ろから抱きつく// goto 4683<br />
<4678> Be nice and watch TV<br />
// 大人しくテレビを見ている// goto 4679<br />
<4679> It's not like this happiness ran off.<br />
// 別にこの喜びが逃げるわけでもなし。<br />
<4680> If we happened to share this again on a day where she had none, we'd finish the discussion.<br />
// また宿題のない日に、分かち合えば済む話だった。<br />
<4681> Besides, I liked seeing Nagisa do her very best.<br />
// それに俺は、渚が一生懸命に頑張っている姿を見るのが好きだった。<br />
<4682> That's why I looked at her the whole time... as if watching over her.<br />
// だから、見守るように…ずっと見ていた。// goto 4786<br />
<4683> I sit right behind where Nagisa is as she's facing the desk, and hug her from behind.<br />
// 机に向かっていた渚の真後ろに座り、その背中に抱きついた。<br />
<4684> \{Nagisa} "What's wrong, \m{B}-kun?"<br />
// \{渚}「\m{B}くん、どうしましたか」<br />
<4685> Nagisa looked back. At a distance, I could tell the number of eyelashes she had.<br />
// 振り返る渚。まつげの数まで数えられるような距離。<br />
<4686> \{\m{B}} "Well, just wanted to cling onto you. Am I in the way?"<br />
// \{\m{B}}「いや、抱きつきたくなっただけ。邪魔か？」<br />
<4687> \{Nagisa} "No, you aren't at all."<br />
// \{渚}「いえ、ぜんぜん邪魔ではないです」<br />
<4688> \{\m{B}} "Can you do your homework like this?"<br />
// \{\m{B}}「このままでも、宿題できるか？」<br />
<4689> \{Nagisa} "Yes... if it's like this, then I don't mind at all."<br />
// \{渚}「はい…そのままだったら、ぜんぜん構わないです」<br />
<4690> \{Nagisa} "I'll be calm, and instead I might be able to work."<br />
// \{渚}「安心できて、逆にはかどるかもしれません」<br />
<4691> \{\m{B}} "You're not hot?"<br />
// \{\m{B}}「暑くないか？」<br />
<4692> \{Nagisa} "It's fine. The fan's running."<br />
// \{渚}「大丈夫です。扇風機も回ってます」<br />
<4693> \{\m{B}} "I see... then, let's just be like this."<br />
// \{\m{B}}「そっか…じゃ、こうしてる」<br />
<4694> \{Nagisa} "Okay."<br />
// \{渚}「はい」<br />
<4695> Her eyes fall on the notes spread out on the table.<br />
// 机の上に広げられたノートに目を落とす。<br />
<4696> I can tell that her eyes are moving across the notes.<br />
// 目の動きで、字を追っているのがわかる。<br />
<4697> Sometimes they twinkled with surprise.<br />
// たまにぱちくり、と瞬きをした。<br />
<4698> Was she puzzled over it? Her lips tightened up.<br />
// 頭を悩ませているのか、唇に力を入れている。<br />
<4699> \{\m{B}} (... cute...)<br />
// \{\m{B}}（…可愛い）<br />
<4700> Embrace her more strongly<br />
// もっと強く抱きしめてみる// goto 4702<br />
<4701> I'll probably in the way, so remain like this<br />
// 邪魔になるだろうから、このままでいる// goto 4786<br />
<4702> I suddenly tightened my embrace.<br />
// 俺は思わず、抱きしめる腕に力を込めていた。<br />
<4703> \{Nagisa} "Ah..."<br />
// \{渚}「あ…」<br />
<4704> Her lips loosened up, and she let out a small voice.<br />
// 唇の結びが解け、小さな声が漏れた。<br />
<4705> \{\m{B}} "Ah, sorry..."<br />
// \{\m{B}}「あ、悪い…」<br />
<4706> \{Nagisa} "Not at all... I was just a bit surprised..."<br />
// \{渚}「いえ…ちょっと驚いてしまっただけで…」<br />
<4707> \{Nagisa} "Umm... even if you do that, I don't mind at all."<br />
// \{渚}「その…強くしてもらっても、ぜんぜん構わないです」<br />
<4708> \{\m{B}} "Really?"<br />
// \{\m{B}}「マジで？」<br />
<4709> \{Nagisa} "Yes..."<br />
// \{渚}「はい…」<br />
<4710> \{\m{B}} "If you want to, then I'll do that."<br />
// \{\m{B}}「じゃ、そうしたくなったら、そうするな」<br />
<4711> \{Nagisa} "Okay."<br />
// \{渚}「はい」<br />
<4712> Her eyes once again returned to the notes.<br />
// 再び、ノートに目を戻す。<br />
<4713> \{\m{B}} (Nagisa sure smells nice...)<br />
// \{\m{B}}（でも、渚って、本当にいい匂いするなぁ…）<br />
<4714> \{\m{B}} (Even though she hasn't taken a bath...)<br />
// \{\m{B}}（風呂上がりでもないのに…）<br />
<4715> I put my nose to her nape, and enveloped myself in that smell.<br />
// 首筋に鼻を当てて、その匂いに包まれる。<br />
<4716> \{\m{B}} (Maybe it's the smell of her hair...?)<br />
// \{\m{B}}（髪の匂いかな…）<br />
<4717> \{\m{B}} (Wonder about her body...?)<br />
// \{\m{B}}（体のほうはどうなんだろう…）<br />
<4718> \{\m{B}} (Does a girl smell good, even if they've been sweating...?)<br />
// \{\m{B}}（女の子は、汗をかいても、いい匂いがするのか…？）<br />
<4719> Check<br />
// 調べてみる// goto 4721<br />
<4720> That would most certainly be rude<br />
// さすがにそれは失礼だ// goto 4773<br />
<4721> I tug her collar, and thrust myself into her chest.<br />
// 上着の襟を引っ張って、胸元に鼻面を突っ込んでみる。<br />
<4722> \{Nagisa} "Waah!"<br />
// \{渚}「わぁっ」<br />
<4723> Nagisa made a voice, and jumped back.<br />
// 渚が声をあげて、飛び退いていた。<br />
<4724> \{\m{B}} "Don't mind me, just study."<br />
// \{\m{B}}「気にしないで、勉強しててくれ」<br />
<4725> \{Nagisa} "Right now was just..."<br />
// \{渚}「今のはちょっと…」<br />
<4726> \{\m{B}} "That was certainly in the way, wasn't it...?"<br />
// \{\m{B}}「さすがに邪魔だったか…」<br />
<4727> \{Nagisa} "Well, not really but..."<br />
// \{渚}「いえ、そういうわけではないですけど…」<br />
<4728> \{Nagisa} "It just surprised me a little bit..."<br />
// \{渚}「ちょっとびっくりしてしまいました…」<br />
<4729> \{Nagisa} "But, well..."<br />
// \{渚}「でも、その…」<br />
<4730> \{Nagisa} "I don't reallly want you to be looking at such a particular place..." // literally "looking for something in the light"<br />
// \{渚}「こんな明るいところで、あんまり見てほしくないです…」<br />
<4731> \{\m{B}} "Looking at what?"<br />
// \{\m{B}}「何を？」<br />
<4732> \{Nagisa} "Eh...?"<br />
// \{渚}「えっ…」<br />
<4733> \{\m{B}} "I wasn't really looking at anything though."<br />
// \{\m{B}}「何も見ようなんてしてないけど」<br />
<4734> \{Nagisa} "Ah... just my misunderstanding..."<br />
// \{渚}「ああ…わたしの勘違いでした…」<br />
<4735> For some reason she was blushing.<br />
// なぜか顔を真っ赤にしている。<br />
<4736> \{Nagisa} "Then I'll return to studying."<br />
// \{渚}「では、勉強に戻ります」<br />
<4737> \{\m{B}} "Okay."<br />
// \{\m{B}}「ああ」<br />
<4738> She again faced the desk.<br />
// 再び、机に向かう。<br />
<4739> I also cuddled in close, like I had done just now.<br />
// 俺も、先ほどと同じように寄り添う。<br />
<4740> This time I did so silently, without surprising her.<br />
// 今度は驚かずに、じっとしていてくれるだろう。<br />
<4741> I tugged her collar looking in the opening.<br />
// 襟を引っ張って、隙間を空けた。<br />
<4742> \{Nagisa} "........."<br />
// \{渚}「………」<br />
<4743> I check inside.<br />
// 顔を突っ込む。<br />
<4744> \{Nagisa} "Umm... \m{B}... kun..."<br />
// \{渚}「あの…\m{B}…くん…」<br />
<4745> I put my nose to her collarbone, and take a whiff.<br />
// 鎖骨の辺りに鼻を当てて、息を吸った。<br />
<4746> Sniff, sniff...<br />
// くんくん…<br />
<4747> \{Nagisa} "Waah!"<br />
// \{渚}「わぁっ」<br />
<4748> She again jumped back.<br />
// また、飛び退かれた。<br />
<4749> \{\m{B}} "Huh?"<br />
// \{\m{B}}「ありゃ？」<br />
<4750> \{Nagisa} "Are you doing something right now, \m{B}-kun?!"<br />
// \{渚}「今、\m{B}くん、何してましたかっ」<br />
<4751> \{\m{B}} "Eh? Doing what...?"<br />
// \{\m{B}}「え？ なにって…」<br />
<4752> Oh yeah, speaking of which, she said something about not wanting me to look...<br />
// そういえばさっき、あんまり見てほしくない、とか言っていたが…。<br />
<4753> Ah, that's right.<br />
// ああ、そうか。<br />
<4754> \{\m{B}} "You're probably thinking that I wanted to take a look at your breasts."<br />
// \{\m{B}}「おまえ、胸を見られてるもんだと思ったんだな」<br />
<4755> \{\m{B}} "That's off."<br />
// \{\m{B}}「違うよ」<br />
<4756> \{Nagisa} "Really...?"<br />
// \{渚}「本当でしょうか…」<br />
<4757> \{\m{B}} "Yeah. I was taking a whiff of your scent, so don't mind."<br />
// \{\m{B}}「ああ。体の匂い嗅いでただけだから、安心しろ」<br />
<4758> \{Nagisa} "Eh...?"<br />
// \{渚}「え…」<br />
<4759> \{Nagisa} "You shouldn't do that!"<br />
// \{渚}「そっちのほうが、嫌ですっ」<br />
<4760> \{\m{B}} "Eh? Really?"<br />
// \{\m{B}}「え？ そうなの？」<br />
<4761> \{Nagisa} "You can't take a whiff of a girl that hasn't taken a bath!"<br />
// \{渚}「お風呂入ってない女の子の体の匂いなんて嗅いだらダメですっ」<br />
<4762> \{\m{B}} "Well, sorry..."<br />
// \{\m{B}}「そりゃ、悪い…」<br />
<4763> \{Nagisa} "I think you're strange, \m{B}-kun!"<br />
// \{渚}「\m{B}くん、ヘンだと思いますっ」<br />
<4764> \{\m{B}} "Well, I thought taking a whiff of the girl that you like was normal..."<br />
// \{\m{B}}「いや、好きな女の子の匂いを嗅ぎたくなるのは、自然だと思うけどな…」<br />
<4765> \{Nagisa} "Because, I'm expecting something else might not be accompanying the smell." // what?<br />
// \{渚}「だって、期待に添える匂いじゃないかもしれないです」<br />
<4766> \{Nagisa} "Wait, I definitely did say something strange!"<br />
// \{渚}「って、絶対わたし、ヘンなこと言ってますっ」<br />
<4767> \{\m{B}} "Really?"<br />
// \{\m{B}}「そうか？」<br />
<4768> \{Nagisa} "Yes... that said, don't take a whiff again."<br />
// \{渚}「はい…ですので、もう、匂い嗅いだらダメです」<br />
<4769> \{Nagisa} "Until I take a bath, taking a whiff is \bprohibited\u."<br />
// \{渚}「お風呂入るまでは、匂い嗅ぐの禁止令です」<br />
<4770> \{\m{B}} "That's too bad..."<br />
// \{\m{B}}「そりゃ残念…」<br />
<4771> \{\m{B}} "Somehow, it seemed really interesting that I'd get some claim on unknown waters with girls."<br />
// \{\m{B}}「なんか、女の子の未知の領域を開拓している気がして、面白かったのに」<br />
<4772> \{Nagisa} "You can't claim that!"<br />
// \{渚}「開拓したらダメですっ」// goto 4786<br />
<4773> If I did that, she'd get angry...<br />
// そんなことしたら、怒られるかもしれない…。<br />
<4774> I'll just be like this.<br />
// このままでいよう。<br />
<4775> \{Nagisa} "........."<br />
// \{渚}「………」<br />
<4776> I look at her from the side as she studied.<br />
// 勉強に集中する渚の横顔をじっと見つめる。<br />
<4777> Even so, she's cute.<br />
// それにしても、可愛い。<br />
<4778> Is it strange to think that your own girlfriend was this cute?<br />
// 自分の彼女をこんなに可愛く思うなんて、ヘンだろうか。<br />
<4779> When you're with a girl for a long while, and find a negative aspect she has, you might honestly stop thinking she was cute...<br />
// 普通は一緒に長くいると、相手の嫌なところとか見えてきて、素直に可愛いなんて思えなくなるのかもしれないけど…<br />
<4780> \{\m{B}} (But... I can't find anything bad about her...)<br />
// \{\m{B}}（でも、こいつ…嫌なところなんて、見つからないからな…）<br />
<4781> \{\m{B}} (Even though we've been together for a long time...)<br />
// \{\m{B}}（こんなに長く一緒に居るのに…）<br />
<4782> \{\m{B}} (Even now, I love her still, just like before...)<br />
// \{\m{B}}（今も、昔と同じ、ずっと大好きなまんまだ…）<br />
<4783> I say it, so to put it into words.<br />
// それは、素直に口に出してだって、言える。<br />
<4784> \{\m{B}} "I love you, Nagisa."<br />
// \{\m{B}}「渚、大好きだ」<br />
<4785> Hugging her strongly, I cuddle my face by her nape.<br />
// ぎゅっと強く抱きしめて、ぐりぐりと顔を首筋に押しつけた。// goto 4799<br />
<4786> I'll be in the way, so I'll just remain like this.<br />
// 邪魔になるだろうから、このままじっとしていよう。<br />
<4787> \{Nagisa} "........."<br />
// \{渚}「………」<br />
<4788> I look at her from the side as she studied.<br />
// 勉強に集中する渚の横顔をじっと見つめる。<br />
<4789> Even so, she's cute.<br />
// それにしても、可愛い。<br />
<4790> Is it strange to think that your own girlfriend was this cute?<br />
// 自分の彼女をこんなに可愛く思うなんて、ヘンだろうか。<br />
<4791> When you're with a girl for a long while, and find a negative aspect she has, you might honestly stop thinking she was cute...<br />
// 普通は一緒に長くいると、相手の嫌なところとか見えてきて、素直に可愛いなんて思えなくなるのかもしれないけど…<br />
<4792> \{\m{B}} (But... I can't find anything bad about her...)<br />
// \{\m{B}}（でも、こいつ…嫌なところなんて、見つからないからな…）<br />
<4793> \{\m{B}} (Even though we've been together for a long time...)<br />
// \{\m{B}}（こんなに長く一緒に居るのに…）<br />
<4794> \{\m{B}} (Even now, I love her still, just like before...)<br />
// \{\m{B}}（今も、昔と同じ、ずっと大好きなまんまだ…）<br />
<4795> I say it, so to put it into words.<br />
// それは、素直に口に出してだって、言える。<br />
<4796> \{\m{B}} "I love you, Nagisa."<br />
// \{\m{B}}「渚、大好きだ」<br />
<4797> Saying that, I strongly hug her.<br />
// 言って、ぎゅっと強く抱きしめてしまっていた。<br />
<4798> \{\m{B}} (... oh snap...)<br />
// \{\m{B}}（…しまった）<br />
<4799> \{Nagisa} "Umm..."<br />
// \{渚}「あの…」<br />
<4800> \{\m{B}} "Yeah... that really got in the way just now, didn't it..."<br />
// \{\m{B}}「ああ…さすがに、今のは邪魔だったよな…」<br />
<4801> \{Nagisa} "Ah, yes..."<br />
// \{渚}「あ、はい…」<br />
<4802> \{Nagisa} "I can't really study..."<br />
// \{渚}「勉強に集中できなくなりました…」<br />
<4803> \{\m{B}} "Sorry..."<br />
// \{\m{B}}「悪い…」<br />
<4804> I was never one to keep silent and control myself while hugging her.<br />
// 抱いたままじっとしているなんて、そんな自制、そもそも利かないのだ。<br />
<4805> I let go, so to let her concentrate on studying.<br />
// 勉強に集中してもらおうと、手を離す。<br />
<4806> \{Nagisa} "Ah... but, even if you do stop, I don't think I can concentrate on studying..."<br />
// \{渚}「ああ…ですが、今、やめてもらっても、勉強に集中できないと思います…」<br />
<4807> \{\m{B}} "Eh? Then, what'll you do?"<br />
// \{\m{B}}「え？ じゃ、どうすりゃいいの？」<br />
<4808> \{Nagisa} "I'll take a break for a bit..."<br />
// \{渚}「ちょっと、休憩しますので…」<br />
<4809> \{Nagisa} "During which time, I'd like for you to hug me..."<br />
// \{渚}「その間は、抱いていてほしいです…」<br />
<4810> Hug.<br />
// ぎゅっ。<br />
<4811> Before I could even think, I embraced her body from behind.<br />
// 俺は考えるよりも早く、思いきり渚の体を後ろから抱きしめていた。<br />
<4812> \{Nagisa} "Please... wait a second..."<br />
// \{渚}「ちょっと…待ってください…」<br />
<4813> Loosening up, Nagisa changed her posture in my arms. She faced her body towards me, making it easier.<br />
// 力を緩めると、腕の中で渚が体勢を変える。抱きやすいように体をこちらに向けてくれた。<br />
<4814> I tighten the embrace once again.<br />
// もう一度、力を込める。<br />
<4815> The upper part of our bodies touched each other, giving a perfect embrace.<br />
// 上体が合わさって、ぴったりと抱きしめられた。<br />
<4816> But, to have this posture while sitting, it was unreasonable for the lower part of our bodies, and was painful.<br />
// けど、座ったままの格好だったので、下半身の位置に無理があって、苦しい。<br />
<4817> Holding that posture, I brought Nagisa's body down to the ground.<br />
// そのまま、渚の体を床に押し倒す。<br />
<4818> Nagisa also stretched out her legs, willingly coming under me.<br />
// 渚も足を伸ばして、素直に俺の下になった。<br />
<4819> My arms ended up being crushed from under her, so I shifted them to her neck.<br />
// 背中で俺の腕が下敷きになっていたので、ずらして、首を抱くことにする。<br />
<4820> Doing that, our bodies were touching each other from head to toe.<br />
// そうすることで、首から足まで、ぴったりとふたりの体が合わさった。<br />
<4821> I push my face in Nagisa's nape to the point of being persistent, and then tightened the embrace my arms had.<br />
// しつこいぐらいに渚の首筋に顔を擦らせ、そして抱く腕にぎゅっと力を込めた。<br />
<4822> Nagisa also did the same with my back, as if responding.<br />
// 渚もそれに応えるかのように、俺の背中に回した腕に力を入れてくれる。<br />
<4823> \{\m{B}} (Ahh... this really is getting in the way of her homework...)<br />
// \{\m{B}}（ああ…絶対に勉強の邪魔してる…）<br />
<4824> \{\m{B}} (But, today... we worked as hard as we could... and I was recognized today so...)<br />
// \{\m{B}}（でも、今日は…一生懸命働き続けて…それが認められた日なんだから…）<br />
<4825> \{\m{B}} (It should be fine...)<br />
// \{\m{B}}（だから、いいよな…）<br />
<4826> The heat built up at the points where we touched.<br />
// 合わさっている部分が、ふたりの熱気で蒸れてくる。<br />
<4827> Even so, we continued hugging each other, without letting go.<br />
// それでも離さず、抱き合い続けた。<br />
<4828> \{Nagisa} "We're back."<br />
// \{渚}「ただいまです」<br />
<4829> \{\m{B}} "Yo."<br />
// \{\m{B}}「ちっす」<br />
<4830> On a tropical afternoon, the two of us came through the Furukawa household again.<br />
// 真夏日の午後、またふたりで古河家の敷居を跨いでいた。<br />
<4831> \{Akio} "Oh, welcome back. Hot, ain't it?"<br />
// \{秋生}「おぅ、おかえり。暑かったろ」<br />
<4832> \{Nagisa} "Yes, it really is."<br />
// \{渚}「はい、とても暑かったです」<br />
<4833> \{Akio} "You shouldn't stay long in the sunlight, m'kay?"<br />
// \{秋生}「あんまり長いこと陽の下にいたら駄目だぞ」<br />
<4834> \{Nagisa} "I know."<br />
// \{渚}「わかってます」<br />
<4835> \{Akio} "Even in the shop here, we've got no air conditioner so it's hot."<br />
// \{秋生}「店ん中も、冷房がねぇから暑いのなんのって」<br />
<4836> \{Akio} "Take a break further inside where there's one."<br />
// \{秋生}「中入ってクーラーつけて、休めよ」<br />
<4837> \{Nagisa} "It's okay. I'm used to the heat, so I'm fine."<br />
// \{渚}「いえ、暑いのには慣れてますから、ぜんぜん平気です」<br />
<4838> \{Akio} "Oh... that's right, you don't have one in the apartment."<br />
// \{秋生}「ああ…そうか、アパートにもクーラーなんてないのか」<br />
<4839> \{Akio} "Hey, Sanae!"<br />
// \{秋生}「おい、早苗！」<br />
<4840> As if he remembered, pops called into the house.<br />
// 思い出したように、オッサンは家の奥に呼びかけた。<br />
<4841> \{Akio} "Nagisa's back, so go get her something cold!"<br />
// \{秋生}「渚が帰ってきたから、冷たいもの入れてやってくれ！」<br />
<4842> ... what about me?<br />
// …俺は。<br />
<4843> \{Nagisa} "That said, we do have an electric fan. \m{B}-kun found it."<br />
// \{渚}「ですが、扇風機があります。\m{B}くんが、見つけてきてくれました」<br />
<4844> \{Akio} "Even if you have that, the room's hot, so all you got blowing at you is hot air."<br />
// \{秋生}「んなもんあっても部屋が暑かったら、生ぬるい風しかこねぇだろ」<br />
<4845> \{Nagisa} "It's quite cool."<br />
// \{渚}「結構涼しいです」<br />
<4846> \{Akio} "Well, don't pretend to endure it. If it's hot, you can come back here and cool off."<br />
// \{秋生}「まぁ、やせ我慢するな。暑かったら、いつでも涼みに戻ってこい」<br />
<4847> \{Nagisa} "No, even at work \m{B}-kun's sweating even more, so I couldn't come to cool off on my own."<br />
// \{渚}「いえ、\m{B}くん仕事でもっと暑い思いをしているのに、ひとり涼みになんて来れないです」<br />
<4848> \{Nagisa} "I want to wait for him back at the apartment."<br />
// \{渚}「家で帰りを待っててたいです」<br />
<4849> \{Akio} "Tch... a daughter that won't take in parental love."<br />
// \{秋生}「ちっ…親心を汲んでくれねぇ娘だな」<br />
// Parental or paternal makes more sense than maternal<br />
<4850> \{Sanae} "Akio-san's just being lonely."<br />
// \{早苗}「秋生さんは、寂しいだけなんですよ」<br />
<4851> Sanae-san brought a tray out.<br />
// 早苗さんが、お盆を持って下りてきた。<br />
<4852> \{\m{B}} "Yo."<br />
// \{\m{B}}「ちっす」<br />
<4853> \{Sanae} "Good afternoon, \m{B}-san."<br />
// \{早苗}「\m{B}さん、こんにちは」<br />
<4854> Her summer clothing dazzled in my eyes.<br />
// 夏服姿が目に眩しい。<br />
<4855> \{Sanae} "Is everyone okay with ice coffee?"<br />
// \{早苗}「みなさん、アイスコーヒーでよかったですか」<br />
<4856> \{Akio} "Yeah, you're charming today as well, Sanae."<br />
// \{秋生}「ああ、今日も魅力的だぜ、早苗」<br />
<4857> \{Sanae} "Thank you so much!"<br />
// \{早苗}「ありがとうございますっ」<br />
<4858> The conversation isn't even budging at all.<br />
// ぜんぜん会話が噛み合っていない。<br />
<4859> \{\m{B}} "I'll have one."<br />
// \{\m{B}}「いただきます」<br />
<4860> I take my share.<br />
// ちゃんと俺の分もあった。<br />
<4861> The four of us hold our glass cups and drink through the straw, continuing to talk.<br />
// ４人がストローの刺さった冷えたグラスを手に、話を続ける。<br />
<4862> Inside the store, the family had all gathered round inside the house, feeling like a built-up technique.<br />
// 店の中で、家族揃って団欒というのもこの家だから、為せる技な気がする。<br />
<4863> Even if a customer came and saw this, they'd pay no attention and just probably buy some bread.<br />
// 今、客が入ってきて、この様相を目の当たりにしたとしても驚きもせずに、パンを買い求めることだろう。<br />
<4864> \{Nagisa} "You really are lonely, dad."<br />
// \{渚}「やっぱり、お父さん、寂しいですか」<br />
<4865> \{Akio} "Well you see... we've been this way for the past nineteen years..."<br />
// \{秋生}「そりゃあな…ずっと、１９年間、一緒に暮らしてきたんだからな…」<br />
<4866> \{Akio} "When summer comes, I remember... going to the mountains or the beach..."<br />
// \{秋生}「夏がくれば思い出すよ…一緒に山や海に行ったりしたこと…」<br />
<4867> \{Nagisa} "That troubles me when you say that."<br />
// \{渚}「そういわれると、困ってしまいます」<br />
<4868> \{Sanae} "It's fine, Nagisa. If you nod to Akio-san's selfish words now, he'll be able to endure."<br />
// \{早苗}「大丈夫ですよ、渚。今から言う秋生さんのわがままに頷けば、我慢してもらえます」<br />
<4869> \{Nagisa} "Eh... why, I wonder?"<br />
// \{渚}「え…なんでしょうか」<br />
<4870> \{Akio} "Hmph... you think you can make it so simple? That said, pop quiz."<br />
// \{秋生}「ふん…そう簡単に言えるかよ。というわけで、クイズだ」<br />
<4871> \{Akio} "Now, what event do I have planned for this summer?"<br />
// \{秋生}「俺が考えたこの夏のイベントとは、さぁどれだ？」<br />
<4872> \{Akio} "One, beach barbeque."<br />
// \{秋生}「１、海でバーベキュー」<br />
<4873> \{Akio} "Two, beach battancue."<br />
// \{秋生}「２、海でバッタンキュー」<br />
<4874> \{Akio} "Three, beach Fujioka Barbara."<br />
// \{秋生}「３、海でバーバラ藤岡」<br />
<4875> \{Akio} "Now, which'll it be?"<br />
// \{秋生}「さあ、どれだ」<br />
<4876> \{\m{B}} (Who the hell's the last one...?)<br />
// \{\m{B}}（最後の誰だ…）<br />
<4877> \{Nagisa} "All of them have similar words, so it's troubling."<br />
// \{渚}「全部、字が似てて、悩みます」<br />
<4878> \{\m{B}} "The last's absolutely wrong, isn't it?!"<br />
// \{\m{B}}「最後のぜんぜん違っただろっ！」<br />
<4879> \{Akio} "They all start with 'ba', don't they?!"<br />
// \{秋生}「バーまで一緒だったじゃねぇかよっ」<br />
<4880> \{Akio} "You can go do the Fujioka Barbara on your own, man."<br />
// \{秋生}「てめぇはひとりでバーバラ藤岡してろ」<br />
<4881> \{Sanae} "If it's fun, please let us know."<br />
// \{早苗}「楽しかったら、呼んでくださいね」<br />
<4882> \{\m{B}} (Ahh, It's Idiot World...)<br />
// \{\m{B}}（ああ、イッツ・アホアホ・ワールド…）<br />
<4883> \{Akio} "So Nagisa, what's your answer?"<br />
// \{秋生}「渚、さぁ、答えはどれだ」<br />
<4884> \{Nagisa} "Okay, it's number one, the beach barbecue."<br />
// \{渚}「はい、１番の海でバーベキューです」<br />
<4885> \{Akio} "Buzz! The right one is number two, the beach battancue."<br />
// \{秋生}「ブーッ。正解は２番の海でバッタンキューでした」<br />
<4886> \{Sanae} "You can do the battancue alone, Akio-san."<br />
// \{早苗}「秋生さんは、ひとりでバッタンキューしててください」<br />
<4887> \{Sanae} "We'll go with the barbecue, okay, Nagisa?"<br />
// \{早苗}「渚、わたしたちはバーベキューしましょうね」<br />
<4888> \{Akio} "Keh, yeah, that's the right one."<br />
// \{秋生}「けっ、そうだよ、正解だよ」<br />
<4889> \{Nagisa} "Really?! I'm looking forward to it!"<br />
// \{渚}「本当ですかっ。それはとても楽しみですっ」<br />
<4890> \{Akio} "Okay, it's decided."<br />
// \{秋生}「よぅし、決定だな」<br />
<4891> \{Sanae} "I think there's the Bon holidays. Do you have those days off, \m{B}-san?"<br />
// \{早苗}「お盆休みにと、思っているんですが、\m{B}さん、休みとれそうですか？」<br />
<4892> \{\m{B}} "I think it should be fine."<br />
// \{\m{B}}「たぶん、大丈夫だと思います」<br />
<4893> \{Akio} "You can work a crapload, okay?"<br />
// \{秋生}「てめぇはシャカリキ働いてろ」<br />
<4894> \{Nagisa} "No, if \m{B}-kun doesn't go, then I won't either."<br />
// \{渚}「ダメですっ、\m{B}くんが行かなかったら、わたしも行かないです」<br />
<4895> \{Akio} "Tch... then I guess he can carry the luggage."<br />
// \{秋生}「ちっ…荷物持ちとして連れてってやるか」<br />
<4896> \{Nagisa} "You can't do that either! \m{B}-kun's everyday work is already tiring."<br />
// \{渚}「それもダメですっ、\m{B}くん、毎日仕事でとても疲れてるんです」<br />
<4897> \{\m{B}} "It's fine, even if it's luggage."<br />
// \{\m{B}}「いいよ、別に。荷物持ちでも」<br />
<4898> \{Akio} "All right!!! He said something real good, there!"<br />
// \{秋生}「よっしゃぁーっ！ 自分でいいって言ったぞ、こいつ！」<br />
<4899> \{Nagisa} "Even so, you can't! I won't allow it!"<br />
// \{渚}「言ってもダメですっ、わたしが許さないですっ」<br />
<4900> She's fighting her father in my place. Quite a reliable girlfriend.<br />
// 俺の代わりに自分の父親と戦ってくれている。頼もしい彼女だった。<br />
<4901> \{Sanae} "I'd also like to see Akio-san boast his strength!"<br />
// \{早苗}「わたしは秋生さんの力自慢なところ、見てみたいですよっ」<br />
<4902> \{Akio} "Leave it to me! I'll carry it all!"<br />
// \{秋生}「任せろ、全部持ってやらぁ」<br />
<4903> With one word, Sanae-san finished the topic quickly.<br />
// 早苗さんの一言で、簡単に話は片づいた。<br />
<4904> \{Akio} "Damn it... why am I carrying the luggage..."<br />
// \{秋生}「くそぅ…どうして、俺が荷物持ちに…」<br />
<4905> Nagisa and Sanae-san were in the kitchen, having their chatter as always while preparing dinner.<br />
// 渚と早苗さんは、いつものようにふたりで台所でお喋りをしながら夕飯の支度。<br />
<4906> I helped with the store.<br />
// 俺は店の手伝いだった。<br />
<4907> \{Akio} "Is it becuase \byou\u appeared that I've become the comedian?"<br />
// \{秋生}「てめぇが現れてから、俺のポジションが三枚目になっているのは気のせいか？」<br />
<4908> \{\m{B}} "And up until then you were the comedian...?"<br />
// there is a slight pun here; 三枚目 is read as "sanmaime", and 二枚目 read as "nimaime". Both have completely different meanings, but I'm not sure exactly if this implies anything like a trio or whatever. Someone do some research and confirm what this may be --velocity7<br />
// \{\m{B}}「それまでは二枚目だったのか…」<br />
<4909> \{Akio} "Of course. I'm the man of the house, you see."<br />
// \{秋生}「当然だ。俺様は一家の大黒柱なんだぞ」<br />
<4910> \{Akio} "I dunno if Nagisa's told you herself, but you see she's like..."<br />
// \{秋生}「正直おまえに話すのはどうかと思うが、渚の奴だってな…」<br />
<4911> \{Akio} "'I've fallen in love with dad... but, that's something that \bshouldn't be\u'..."<br />
// \{秋生}「お父さんに惚れてしまいそうです…でも、それはイケナイことです…」<br />
<4912> \{Akio} "And then we'd go, 'Nagisa's a strange girl!' and she went on through puberty like that..."<br />
// \{秋生}「ああ、渚はヘンな子ですっ！…ってな、思春期を送ってたんだぜ…」<br />
<4913> ... that's an absolute lie.<br />
// …絶対ウソだ。<br />
<4914> \{Akio} "And then, you appeared..."<br />
// \{秋生}「そして、おまえが現れて…」<br />
<4915> \{Akio} "'Even now, I like you the best, dad, so I'll endure that greenick'... saying that, she went to you."<br />
// \{秋生}「今でも、お父さんが一番好きですが、あのヘナチンで我慢します…って言って、おまえに乗り換えたんだ」<br />
<4916> \{\m{B}} "Like Nagisa said greenick at all!"<br />
// \{\m{B}}「渚がヘナチンなんて言うかっ！」<br />
<4917> \{Akio} "She did, you greenick!"<br />
// \{秋生}「言うんだよ、この、ヘナチンがっ！」<br />
<4918> \{\m{B}} "I'm not a greenick!"<br />
// \{\m{B}}「ヘナチンじゃねぇよっ！」<br />
<4919> \{Akio} "Nagisa said it so, you're a greenick!"<br />
// \{秋生}「渚が言ってるんだから、ヘナチンなんだよっ！」<br />
<4920> \{\m{B}} "She would never say something like greenick!"<br />
// \{\m{B}}「ヘナチンなんて言わねぇっての！」<br />
<4921> \{Akio} "Why you greenick! Someone who's so green he's never used his d*ck!!"<br />
// \{秋生}「この、ヘナチョコチ○コ、略してヘナチンがっ！！」<br />
<4922> \{Voice} "Hey you two, please don't be yelling strange things in the shop, okay--?"<br />
// \{声}「おふたりさーん、お店でヘンな言葉叫ばないでくださいねーっ」<br />
<9999> \{Akio} "Nagisa can hear you from here, you greenhorn!"<br />
// XCN: Using Teh_ping's TL. The surrounding translation says "greenick" ... which is not even a word.<br />
// I'm going to have to do a search and replace eventually on all of those.<br />
// <9999> \{秋生}「渚が言ってるんだから、ヘナチョコなんだよっ！」<br />
<4923> Sanae-san's voice from afar.<br />
// 遠くから早苗さんの声。<br />
<4924> \{Akio} "Gah... cough!"<br />
// \{秋生}「む…ごほんっ」<br />
<4925> \{Akio} "Greenick..."<br />
// \{秋生}「ヘナチン…」<br />
<4926> He said that, as if murmuring.<br />
// 囁くように言ってきた。<br />
<4927> \{\m{B}} "I said I'm not!"<br />
// \{\m{B}}「違うっての！」<br />
<4928> \{Akio} "So what? You claiming you've dishonored yourself as a man?"<br />
// \{秋生}「じゃあ、なんだ、男としての汚名は返上できたってわけか？」<br />
<4929> \{\m{B}} "Ugh..."<br />
// \{\m{B}}「う…」<br />
<4930> He caught my tongue.<br />
// 言葉に詰まる。<br />
<4931> \{Akio} "Even now, she must be talking with Sanae. 'My boyfriend's a greenick', see."<br />
// \{秋生}「今頃、早苗の奴と話してるはずさ。わたしの彼、ヘナチンなの、ってさ」<br />
<4932> The personality he speaks of is different.<br />
// キャラが違う。<br />
<4933> \{Akio} "You know, it doesn't mean you've brought some bad thing into the peace of your home."<br />
// \{秋生}「てめぇ、平和な一家に嫌な問題を持ち込むんじゃねぇよ」<br />
<4934> \{\m{B}} "Didn't I tell you before... that I held Nagisa dear...?"<br />
// \{\m{B}}「前にも言ったじゃないか…渚のこと、大事に思ってるってよ…」<br />
<4935> \{Akio} "You say that, but how many years have you lived with her?!"<br />
// \{秋生}「てめぇがそう言って、何年経ったよ！？」<br />
<4936> \{\m{B}} "Well, just two months."<br />
// \{\m{B}}「いや、二ヶ月ぐらいだけど」<br />
<4937> \{Akio} "Even so, that's long..."<br />
// \{秋生}「それでも、長ぇよ…」<br />
<4938> \{Akio} "And what have \byou\u been doing during that time?"<br />
// \{秋生}「つーか、おまえ、その間、どうしてんの？」<br />
<4939> ... he's such a person that asks bad questions.<br />
// …とても嫌なことを訊く人だった。<br />
<4940> \{Akio} "All righty, take a porn book with you."<br />
// \{秋生}「よし、エロ本持って帰れ」<br />
<4941> Ahh... at this point, he'd probably say something like this...<br />
// ああ…今なら、その言葉も魅惑的に感じられてしまう…。<br />
<4942> \{Akio} "Or what, you'd prefer Sanae's underwear?"<br />
// \{秋生}「それか、早苗の下着のほうがいいか」<br />
<4943> Slam, thud-----!!!\shake{3}<br />
// ずるッガシャーーーーンッ！\shake{3}<br />
<4944> I suddenly hit the back of my head against the door.<br />
// 思いきり後頭部を、入り口のドアにぶつけてしまう。<br />
<4945> \{Akio} "Idiot, you plan on destroying the shop?!"<br />
// \{秋生}「てめぇ、店を破壊する気かよっ！」<br />
<4946> \{\m{B}} "Because you said something outrageous!"<br />
// \{\m{B}}「あんたが、とんでもないこと言うからだろっ！」<br />
<4947> \{Akio} "Tch, be quiet... Sanae'll yell at us."<br />
// \{秋生}「ちっ、静かにしろ…また、早苗のやつに叱られるだろ」<br />
<4948> \{Akio} "........."<br />
// \{秋生}「………」<br />
<4949> \{Akio} "So..."<br />
// \{秋生}「で…」<br />
<4950> \{Akio} "Which do you want?"<br />
// \{秋生}「どっちがいいんだよ」<br />
<4951> \{\m{B}} (... I'm picking?!)<br />
// \{\m{B}}（…俺に選べと！？）<br />
<4952> Pops' treasured porn book<br />
// オッサンの秘蔵エロ本// goto 4955<br />
<4953> Sanae-san's underwear<br />
// 早苗さんの下着// goto 4959<br />
<4954> Don't want either<br />
// いらない// goto 4974<br />
<4955> \{\m{B}} "P...\p porn book..."<br />
// \{\m{B}}「エ…\pエロ本…」<br />
<4956> \{Akio} "Oh, so you've finally felt like taking one. Keep a tight hold on it, so no one finds out!"<br />
// \{秋生}「お、ついにもらう気になったか。後でバレないように包んで渡すなっ」<br />
<4957> \{\m{B}} "Yeah..."<br />
// \{\m{B}}「ああ…」<br />
<4958> It shouldn't be too perverted, right...?<br />
// これぐらいなら、可愛いもんだろう…。// goto 4988<br />
<4959> ... I can't. As a person, I feel picking that is not something I should do...<br />
// …駄目だ。人として、それを選んではいけない気がする…。<br />
<4960> But, if I say that now, I might be able to get it...<br />
// でも、今、それを口に出せば、手に入れることができる…。<br />
<4961> Hey wait, I want that?!<br />
// つーか、欲しいのか、俺は！？<br />
<4962> Nagisa's got hers at home, doesn't she?!<br />
// 渚のだって、家にあるじゃん！<br />
<4963> \{\m{B}} "Guahhhh---!!"<br />
// \{\m{B}}「ぐあああああーーーっ！」<br />
<4964> \{Akio} "Are you that troubled, geez..."<br />
// \{秋生}「そんなに悩むなよ、おい…」<br />
<4965> \{\m{B}} "Well, I don't want anything anymore..."<br />
// \{\m{B}}「いや、もう、なんにもいらない…」<br />
<4966> \{Akio} "Eh? You sure?"<br />
// \{秋生}「え？ いいのか？」<br />
<4967> \{\m{B}} "Yeah..."<br />
// \{\m{B}}「ああ…」<br />
<4968> Forget it... pretend like it never existed...<br />
// 忘れよう…なかったことにしよう…。<br />
<4969> I feel like I'm really regretting this...<br />
// すごく惜しい気がするが…。<br />
<4970> \{Akio} "I see... well, whatever."<br />
// \{秋生}「そっか…ま、いいけど」<br />
<4971> \{Akio} "If you were to have picked Sanae's underwear, I'd rip apart your relationship with Nagisa for your whole life, you know."<br />
// \{秋生}「早苗の下着を選んだりしてたら、一生渚との仲を裂くところだったけどな」<br />
<4972> \{\m{B}} (Oh snap-----!)<br />
// \{\m{B}}（危ねぇーーーーーーーッ！）<br />
<4973> If it's him, he'd really do it just on those grounds alone.<br />
// この人なら、本気でそれだけのことで、仲を裂きそうだった。// goto 4988<br />
<4974> \{\m{B}} "I don't want either."<br />
// \{\m{B}}「いらない」<br />
<4975> \{Akio} "Bastard, you not satisfied with that product lineup?"<br />
// \{秋生}「てめぇ、今のラインナップじゃ、気に入らねぇってか」<br />
<4976> \{\m{B}} "That's just what you like, isn't it?"<br />
// \{\m{B}}「あんたと一緒にしないでくれって意味だよ」<br />
<4977> \{Akio} "I see... I'm a man. In other words, you're a girl."<br />
// \{秋生}「そうか…俺は男だ。つまり、てめぇは女だってんだな？」<br />
<4978> \{\m{B}} "No matter how you look, I'm a man..."<br />
// \{\m{B}}「どう見ても、男だろ…」<br />
<4979> \{Akio} "Hah, what man are you, not having a single porn book you don't read secretly?!"<br />
// \{秋生}「はっ、エロ本の一冊も隠れて読めないで、何が男だっ」<br />
<4980> \{Akio} "You're a girl! You've got no guts!"<br />
// \{秋生}「てめぇは女だっ、この根性ナシがよっ」<br />
<4981> Ahh... is this where I'm going to leave it at, going home without a porn book?<br />
// ああ…エロ本を持って帰らないだけで、ここまで言われる俺…。<br />
<4982> \{\m{B}} "All right..."<br />
// \{\m{B}}「わかったよ…」<br />
<4983> I was really annoyed, so I answered like that.<br />
// あまりに癪だったので、そう答えていた。<br />
<4984> \{Akio} "Oh, you gonna take one back?"<br />
// \{秋生}「お、持って帰るってか」<br />
<4985> \{\m{B}} "Yeah."<br />
// \{\m{B}}「ああ」<br />
<4986> \{\m{B}} (Well, I'd be lying if I said I didn't have an interest in it...)<br />
// \{\m{B}}（ま、興味がないと言ったら、嘘になるしな…）<br />
<4987> \{Akio} "Keep a tight hold on it, so no one finds out."<br />
// \{秋生}「よし、後でバレないように包んで渡すな」<br />
</pre><br />
</div><br />
<br />
== Script Chart ==<br />
{{Clannad:ScriptChart}}</div>Xcandescenthttps://www.baka-tsuki.org/project/index.php?title=Clannad:Image_text_(Story)&diff=81949Clannad:Image text (Story)2011-02-06T02:48:03Z<p>Xcandescent: /* Text */ Clean-up</p>
<hr />
<div>{{Clannad:Translating}}<br />
<br />
Return to the main page [[Clannad|here]].<br />
<br />
== Translation Notes ==<br />
This page contains lines encoded as images (.g00 files) rather than editable text. Graphics editing software will be needed to incorporate the translated text back into the game.<br />
<br />
20110101 -- Some of these have already been translated in their corresponding SEEN pages.<br />
<br />
<br />
== Text ==<br />
<div class="clannadbox"><br />
<pre><br />
// Image-based text, related to the story<br />
<br />
//---------------------------------------------------------------<br />
// SFWEC10.g00, SFWEC20.g00 -- SFWEC31.g00<br />
// <br />
// Labels<br />
//---------------------------------------------------------------<br />
Illusionary World<br />
// 幻想世界<br />
<br />
//---------------------------------------------------------------<br />
// FGMS32.g00 -- FGMS34.g00<br />
// SEEN0414, after 0066<br />
// Climbing the hill together with Nagisa for the first time<br />
//---------------------------------------------------------------<br />
<br />
We begin climbing...<br />
// 俺たちは登リ始める。<br />
<br />
The long,<br />
// 長い、<br />
<br />
The long, long hill road.<br />
// 長い、長い坂道を。<br />
<br />
<br />
//---------------------------------------------------------------<br />
// FGMS42.g00, FGMS33.g00, FGMS34.g00<br />
// SEEN6801, after 2025<br />
// After talking to Nagisa at the bottom of the hill, after her death, before you have enough lights to save her<br />
//---------------------------------------------------------------<br />
We are climbing...<br />
// 俺たちは登っていく。<br />
<br />
The long,<br />
// Re-use the file from SEEN0414<br />
// 長い、<br />
<br />
The long, long hill road.<br />
// Re-use the file from SEEN0414<br />
// 長い、長い坂道を。<br />
<br />
<br />
//---------------------------------------------------------------<br />
// KTC01_01.g00 -- KTC01_05.g00<br />
// SEEN4513<br />
// Kotomi: A suitcase's journey<br />
//---------------------------------------------------------------<br />
This suitcase has traveled around the world.<br />
// Alt: "That suitcase"?<br />
// その鞄は、世界中を旅してきた。<br />
<br />
Through desert towns, frozen isles...<br />
// 砂漠の町も、氷の島も...<br />
<br />
Rugged mountains, tropical lands...<br />
// lit: Rugged mountains too, green lands too...<br />
// 険しい山も、緑の大地も...<br />
<br />
Passing from one hand to another<br />
// lit: Many people's; from hand to hand<br />
// たくさんの人の手から手へ、<br />
<br />
*<br />
// 大切に託されてまた...<br />
<br />
<br />
//---------------------------------------------------------------<br />
// KTC02_02.g00<br />
// SEEN4513<br />
// Kotomi: Part of the Ichinoses' multi-lingual note<br />
//---------------------------------------------------------------<br />
// Leave this untranslated<br />
//---------------------------------------------------------------<br />
この鞄を見つけたら、どうか娘に届けてください。<br />
// If you find this suitcase, please take it to our daughter.<br />
<br />
<br />
//---------------------------------------------------------------<br />
// KTC03_01.g00 -- KTC03_04.g00, KTC04_01.g00 -- KTC04_04.g00<br />
// SEEN4513,<br />
// Kotomi: A letter from father to daughter<br />
//---------------------------------------------------------------<br />
// Should match 0395-0402<br />
//---------------------------------------------------------------<br />
To Kotomi<br />
// ことみへ<br />
<br />
The world is beautiful<br />
// 世界は美しい<br />
<br />
Even if it's filled with tears and sadness<br />
// 悲しみと涙に満ちてさえ<br />
<br />
Still, open your eyes<br />
// 瞳を開きなさい<br />
<br />
Do the things you want to try<br />
// やりたい事をしなさい<br />
<br />
Become the person you desire<br />
// なりたい者になりなさい<br />
<br />
Go and search for friends<br />
// 友達を見つけなさい<br />
<br />
Don't rush things and grow up slowly<br />
// 焦らずにゆっくりと大人になりなさい<br />
<br />
<br />
//---------------------------------------------------------------<br />
// KTC05_01.g00 -- KTC05_06.g00, KTC06_01.g00<br />
// SEEN4513,<br />
// Kotomi: A letter from mother to daughter<br />
//---------------------------------------------------------------<br />
// Should match 0407-0411<br />
//---------------------------------------------------------------<br />
It's the teddy bear we found in a gift shop<br />
// おみやげもの屋さんで見つけたくまさんです<br />
<br />
We've searched and searched,<br />
// たくさんたくさん探したけど、<br />
<br />
But this was the biggest one we could find<br />
// この子がいちばん大きかったの<br />
<br />
We didn't have time,<br />
// 時間がなくて、<br />
<br />
So we couldn't send it via the airport<br />
// 空港からは送れなかったから<br />
<br />
Our lovely Kotomi<br />
// かわいいことみ<br />
<br />
Happy Birthday<br />
// おたんじょうびおめでとう<br />
<br />
<br />
//---------------------------------------------------------------<br />
// BG051O.g00<br />
// SEEN4800<br />
// Kotomi: Note on the violin for Kotomi (in handwriting)<br />
//---------------------------------------------------------------<br />
<br />
// *suggestion: From everyone to Kotomi:-Anonymous <br />
// みんなよりことみへ<br />
<br />
// *suggestion: It sounds better than before.-Anonymous <br />
// 前よりいい音<br />
<br />
<br />
//---------------------------------------------------------------<br />
// FGMS23.g00<br />
// SEEN1518, after 0122<br />
// Fuuko: Fuuko's last words before fading away<br />
//---------------------------------------------------------------<br />
Thank you so much.<br />
// ありがとうございました。<br />
<br />
<br />
//---------------------------------------------------------------<br />
// FGMS16.g00 -- FGMS22.g00 <br />
// SEEN7500, after 1408<br />
// Misae: Shima receiving his instructions<br />
//---------------------------------------------------------------<br />
"Now listen very, very closely."<br />
// 「いいかい、よく聞くんだよ」<br />
<br />
"This thing here is a charm."<br />
// Orig TL: "This here's a charm."<br />
// 「ここに、お守りがある」<br />
<br />
"There's a light that has been put inside it."<br />
// Orig TL: "Light's been put inside of it."<br />
// 「この中にはね、光が入ってる」<br />
<br />
"It's light that can grant a single wish."<br />
// 「ひとつだけ、願いことを叶えることできる、光なんだ」<br />
<br />
"You will take this and go to her."<br />
// Orig TL: "You'll be holding this from now on, going to that person."<br />
// 「おまえは今からこれを持って、あの人の元へいく」<br />
<br />
"And then, you will grant her wish."<br />
// Orig TL: "And then, granting that girl's wish."<br />
// 「そして、彼女の願いごとを叶える」<br />
<br />
"Do you understand?"<br />
// 「わっかたかい？」<br />
<br />
<br />
//---------------------------------------------------------------<br />
// FGMS01.g00 -- FGMS15.g00 <br />
// SEEN7500, after 2702<br />
// Misae: Shima reporting back to his old master<br />
//---------------------------------------------------------------<br />
Master, Master.<br />
// Orig TL: My master, my master.<br />
// ご主人様、ご主人様。<br />
<br />
My current master is not the same as you...<br />
// Orig TL: My master right now was a different person from the you on that day but...<br />
// 今のご主人様は、あの日のあなたとは違う人だけど…<br />
<br />
But she's a very kind person.<br />
// Orig TL: She was very kind.<br />
// とても優しい人です。<br />
<br />
But she makes me worry at times.<br />
// Orig TL: But, she felt uneasy once in a while.<br />
// けど、たまに不安になります。<br />
<br />
I wonder... if I was able to reach my goal.<br />
// Orig TL: I wonder if... I managed to reach my goal?<br />
// ぼくは…目的が果たせてのでしょうか。<br />
<br />
I feel like I've come here for a reason.<br />
// Orig TL: I feel like I've come here for some reason.<br />
// なにかのためにここに来た気がするのです。<br />
<br />
I think it was very important.<br />
// とても大事なことだったと思うんです。<br />
<br />
I wonder if I reached that.<br />
// Orig TL: I wonder if I reached that?<br />
// それは、果たせたのでしょうか。<br />
<br />
Now it's been too long, and I can't remember.<br />
// Orig TL: Even now, I can't really remember that far back.<br />
// 今はもう、遠すぎで思い出ません。<br />
<br />
I wonder if everything's ended now.<br />
// Orig TL: I wonder if everything's ended now?<br />
// もう、すべてはおわったのでしょうか。<br />
<br />
But right now, I want to remain like this.<br />
// Orig TL: Just that, I want to stay like this.<br />
// ただ、今はこうしていたいです。<br />
<br />
Will that be allowed, I wonder?<br />
// それはゆるされるでしょうか。<br />
<br />
Always feeling at ease.<br />
// ずっとこの安らぎの中にいても。<br />
<br />
Continuing to be with her forever.<br />
// Orig TL: Continuing to be beside that person.<br />
// この人のそばにいつづけても。<br />
<br />
<br />
//---------------------------------------------------------------<br />
// FGCD01.g00 -- FGCD07.g00<br />
// SEEN7100, 1514-1538<br />
// Yoshino: Suggestions for CD album titles<br />
//---------------------------------------------------------------<br />
// Keep in sync with the conversation in 1514-1538<br />
//---------------------------------------------------------------<br />
Love & Spanner<br />
// ラブ・ンアド・スパナ<br />
<br />
The Man that Spins the Spanner Around Love<br />
// 愛でスパナを回す男<br />
<br />
Beware!! The Man that Spins the Spanner Around Love<br />
// 恐怖!!愛でスパナを回す男<br />
<br />
Beware!! The Man that Spins the Spanner Around His Nose<br />
// 恐怖!!鼻でスパナを回す男<br />
<br />
Beware!! The Man that Spins His Nose Around the Spanner<br />
// 恐怖!!スパナで鼻を回す男<br />
<br />
Attention Housewives!! Beware - The Man that Spins His Nose Around the Spanner<br />
// 家政婦は見た!!恐怖・スパナで鼻を回す男<br />
<br />
<br />
//---------------------------------------------------------------<br />
// FGMS43.g00 -- FGMS49.g00 <br />
// SEEN6802, after 0000<br />
// Tomoya in depression<br />
//---------------------------------------------------------------<br />
I am living like an automaton... // *<br />
// Alt 1: I live mechanically. <br />
// Alt 2: My life goes on mechanically. --Polarem<br />
// だた、惰性のように生きていた。<br />
<br />
Getting up,<br />
// 起きて、<br />
<br />
Getting up, going to work,<br />
// 起きて、仕事にでかけて、<br />
<br />
Getting up, going to work, eating,<br />
// 起きて、仕事にでかけて、食べて、<br />
<br />
Getting up, going to work, eating, sleeping...<br />
// 起きて、仕事にでかけて、食べて、寝て...<br />
<br />
Simply doing what my body naturally remembers.<br />
// 体が覚えていることを、繰り返すだけ。<br />
<br />
That’s how I pass my days.<br />
// そんな日々に生きていた。<br />
<br />
<br />
//---------------------------------------------------------------<br />
// SPAPA00.g00, SPAPA10.g00<br />
// (SEEN9083.ke)<br />
// Death of the girl in the Illusionary World<br />
//---------------------------------------------------------------<br />
...Goodbye...<br />
// ...さようなら...<br />
<br />
...Papa...<br />
// ...パパっ...<br />
<br />
<br />
//---------------------------------------------------------------<br />
// SZZD00.g00, SZZD10.g00, SZZD20.g00<br />
// (SEEN9081.ke)<br />
// Saving Nagisa<br />
//---------------------------------------------------------------<br />
// Make consistent with SEEN6416 and SEEN6511<br />
//---------------------------------------------------------------<br />
"Let me take you away..." // *<br />
// 「お連れしましょう...」<br />
<br />
"To the place in this town where wishes come true."<br />
// 「この町の、願いが叶う場所に」<br />
<br />
<br />
// The following 6 lines are found on the same image file, but displayed separately in the game.<br />
// The XML metadata file will have to be edited to account for the different lengths of the English text.<br />
"Yes..." // *<br />
// 「ああ...」<br />
<br />
Now, it is ending. // *<br />
// 今、終わる。<br />
<br />
Taking along the thoughts of the town... // *<br />
// 町の思いに連れられて...<br />
<br />
Is that long, long journey. // *<br />
// その長い、長い旅が。<br />
<br />
Reach out with your hand. // *<br />
// 手を伸ばす。<br />
<br />
Towards... the countless lights.<br />
// 無数の...光と共に。<br />
<br />
<br />
//---------------------------------------------------------------<br />
// FGMS35.g00 -- FGMS41.g00 <br />
// SEEN6803, after 0312<br />
// Epilogue: Fuuko finding the girl under the tree<br />
//---------------------------------------------------------------<br />
// This text is white, to be displayed on a black background<br />
//---------------------------------------------------------------<br />
"Are you there?"<br />
// 「いますか」<br />
<br />
"This is Fuuko."<br />
// 「風子です」<br />
<br />
"What is your name?"<br />
// 「あなたのお名前はなんていうんですか」<br />
<br />
"Please tell."<br />
// 「教えてください」<br />
<br />
"Become Fuuko's friend so we can play together."<br />
// 「風子とお友達になって、一緒に遊びましょう」<br />
<br />
As for something fun... // *<br />
// Alt: From now on... // Rearrange the final 2 lines? --Polarem<br />
// 「楽しいことは...」<br />
<br />
... that will begin right now. // *<br />
// Alt: There will be lots of fun! // Whichever way, we need an exclamation mark to end the game with a bang --Polarem<br />
// 「...これから始まりますよ」<br />
</pre><br />
</div></div>Xcandescent